[tex4ht-commits] [SCM] tex4ht updated: r149 - trunk/lit
cvr at gnu.org.ua
cvr at gnu.org.ua
Sun Jun 7 07:12:55 CEST 2015
Author: cvr
Date: 2015-06-07 08:12:55 +0300 (Sun, 07 Jun 2015)
New Revision: 149
Modified:
trunk/lit/tex4ht-4ht.tex
Log:
Added support for biblatex version 3.0.
New biblatex configurations have undergone non-trivial changes.
Modified: trunk/lit/tex4ht-4ht.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/lit/tex4ht-4ht.tex 2015-05-25 17:04:15 UTC (rev 148)
+++ trunk/lit/tex4ht-4ht.tex 2015-06-07 05:12:55 UTC (rev 149)
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@
\catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\%=12 \:vrb}
\long\def\:vrb#1EndVerbatim{\egroup}
-
\closein15
\def\next{%\input DraTex.sty
\input ProTex.sty
@@ -99,8 +98,6 @@
}
\fi
-
-
\next
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -229,7 +226,6 @@
\csname append:def\endcsname\ConfigFiles{\AddFile{#2}{#3}}%
}
-
\ifHtml
\def\tocSubSection#1#2#3{\par| #2} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -274,13 +270,10 @@
\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<h1>A `Literate' View of tex4ht.sty</h1>}
-
\csname TableOfContents\endcsname[ParentOf,Part,Chapter,%
Appendix,LikeChapter%,Section,LikeSection%
]
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{Deeper Toc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -295,11 +288,9 @@
\Part{Shared}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<par del\><<<
!*?: >>>
-
\<section html addr\><<<
|<toc tag|>1-\file:id-\TitleCount >>>
@@ -333,7 +324,6 @@
\immediate\write-1{version |version}
>>>
-
This is prepended to the definition in tex4ht-cpright.tex, hence no need
to include the above (new) ``TeX4ht license text''. I don't understand.
@@ -341,7 +331,6 @@
% Copyright 2009-|the|year|empty TeX Users Group
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\<book.4ht\><<<
% book.4ht |version %
@@ -353,7 +342,6 @@
|<config book.sty utilities|>
|<book / report / article|>
-
|<config book-report-article utilities|>
|<redefine maketitle|>
|<config book-report-article shared|>
@@ -362,8 +350,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{2}{book}
-
-
\<report.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% report.4ht |version %
@@ -386,8 +372,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{2}{report}
-
-
\<article.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% article.4ht |version %
@@ -415,15 +399,10 @@
|<latex options 1, 2, 3|> |%after tocs, divs, and cuts|%
>>>
-
\<book, report, article\><<<
|<halign-based tables|>
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<config book-report-article shared\><<<
\long\def\:tempc{\@roman \c at enumiii}
\ifx \theenumiii\:tempc
@@ -455,10 +434,6 @@
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<usepackage.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% usepackage.4ht |version %
@@ -500,8 +475,6 @@
\Part{latex.ltx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\Link[/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx]{}{}latex.ltx\EndLink,
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/]{}{}latex
@@ -570,14 +543,10 @@
\let\normalcolor|=\relax
\:MDelims:{#1}{#2}\egroup}
-
-
\Hinput{latex}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{1}{latex}
-
-
\<latex ltfsstrc\><<<
\edef\:temp{%
\every at math@size={\noexpand\ifx \noexpand\EndPicture\noexpand\:UnDef
@@ -586,21 +555,16 @@
\:temp
>>>
-
-
\<exit if already loaded\><<<
\ifx\SaveMkHalignConf:g\:UnDef \else \expandafter\endinput\fi
>>>
-
-
Latex prohibits content before the \`'\begin{document}' by putting
\`'\ht:everypar{\@nodocument}' before
\`'\begin{document}' to get an error if text appears before the
beginning. A possible solution is to put sensitive stuff
in, for instance, \`'{ \let\@nodocument=\empty ...}'.
-
It is unsafe to define \''\romannumeral' because it is used
within immediate definition \''\edef', as well as definitions of macro
names \''\csname ...\romannumeral ...\endcsname'. Consider also
@@ -687,16 +651,12 @@
\Configure{roman}{i}{v}{x}{l}{c}{d}{m}
>>>
-
-
\Chapter{Classes and Packages}
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx]{}{}ltdirchk.dtx\EndLink
An option \`'no_#1' asks not to load the style file \`'#1.4ht'.
-
-
\<latex ltclass\><<<
\ifx \@ifpackageloaded\:UnDef
\long\def\@ifpackageloaded#1#2#3{}
@@ -730,7 +690,6 @@
\fi \:tempb}
>>>
-
We need the follwoing for definition of fonts that are introduced late, e.e.,
\Verbatim
@@ -746,8 +705,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<latex ltfssdcl\><<<
\let\document:select:group\document at select@group
\def\document at select@group#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -769,7 +726,6 @@
}}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{titlesec}
@@ -878,7 +834,6 @@
% \def\ttlh at display#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{{[111]#1\ifttl at label #2\fi #4{#8}[/111]}}
% \def\ttlh at runin#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{{[333]#1\ifttl at label #2\fi #4{#8}[/333]}}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Scientific Word}
@@ -886,7 +841,6 @@
\Link[http://cutter.ship.edu/\string
~ensley/tci/]{}{}tci\EndLink
-
\<tcilatex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% tcilatex.4ht |version %
@@ -926,7 +880,6 @@
}
>>>
-
% \ifx \BOXEDSPECIAL\:UnDef\else
% \let\swp:BOXEDSPECIAL=\BOXEDSPECIAL
% \AtEndOfPackage{\let\BOXEDSPECIAL\swp:BOXEDSPECIAL}%
@@ -934,13 +887,10 @@
%
%
-
The \`'\protect' in \`'\section{The second Section
\protect\label{two}}' is problematic because of double labels when
the toc is on. The problem can be solved with the code.
-
-
\<tcilatex post 3.5--Not Needed anymore\><<<
\def\label:gobble{\futurelet\:temp\lbl:gobble}
\def\lbl:gobble#1{\ifx\:temp\relax \expandafter\label:gobble\fi}
@@ -948,9 +898,6 @@
\let\string\label \string\label:gobble }}
>>>
-
-
-
\<shared tcilatex\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3#4{#2\ref{#4}#3}
\ifx \:temp\hyperref
@@ -960,7 +907,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
In version 4 \''\hyperref' is aliased to \''\x at hyperref'.
\<tcilatex 3.5\><<<
@@ -974,7 +920,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<shared tcilatex\><<<
\let\:tempc=\GRAPHICSPS
\pend:defI\:tempc{\a:GRAPHICSPS}
@@ -1011,7 +956,6 @@
\NewConfigure{FFRAME}{2}
>>>
-
% \def\mailto{\bgroup \catcode`\#=12 \catcode`\~=12 \catcode`\_=12 \mlto}%
% \def\mlto#1{\egroup \Link[mailto:#1]{}{}\texttt{#1}\EndLink}%
@@ -1033,12 +977,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
The following protection, e.g., for titles of sections.
\<shared tcilatex\><<<
@@ -1046,7 +984,6 @@
\def\Greekmath{\protect\o:Greekmath:}
>>>
-
\<seslideb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% seslideb.4ht |version %
@@ -1063,9 +1000,6 @@
\let\swTitle|=\relax
>>>
-
-
-
\<jeep.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% jeep.4ht |version %
@@ -1092,8 +1026,6 @@
|<plain,ltplain obeylines,oalign|>
>>>
-
-
plain.tex and latex.
The following is assumed to be within a group.
@@ -1111,17 +1043,6 @@
\c:def\end:obeylines{#2}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
@@ -1141,7 +1062,6 @@
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
-
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
<P >neither do
<P >things too high for me.
@@ -1154,7 +1074,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ltspace (Horizontal Spaces)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -1178,11 +1097,9 @@
\ifdim \tmp:dim<5em\else\c:hspace\fi}
>>>
-
We need the assignment to \''\tmp:dim' because of commands like
\''\hspace{0.25em plus 0.125em minus 0.08em}'.
-
\<latex ltspace\><<<
\let\:tempc\@vspace
\append:defI\:tempc{\a:vspace{#1}}
@@ -1194,7 +1111,6 @@
\Configure{vspace}{}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ltlength}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -1213,61 +1129,25 @@
\def\@settodim#1#2#3{\PictureOff \:settodim#1{#2}{#3}\PictureOn}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Cross References}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltxref.dtx]{}{}ltxref.dtx\EndLink
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{LaTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
\<latex ltxref\><<<
|<no lbl index|>
|<cross ref|>
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Index Labels}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
Try to delete, or at least contain, \''\no:lbl:idx'.
\<no lbl index\><<<
@@ -1278,16 +1158,10 @@
\def\toc:lbl:idx{\a:NoSection}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{ref, label, newlabel: Usage}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
\<cross ref\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:pageref\o:pageref:{#1}\b:pageref}
\HLet\pageref\:tempc
@@ -1339,8 +1213,6 @@
\def\:wrtfile#1#2{\egroup\:writefile{#1}{#2}}
>>>
-
-
\List{*}
\item
\`'\Configure{ref}{\Link}{\EndLink}{anchor}' tells what \''\Link'-type command
@@ -1374,7 +1246,6 @@
Yes. I believe the reason was to avoid ambiguities--unfortunately,
I can't locate now where they could occur.
-
{\makeatletter \gdef\@currentlabel{XxX}}
\section*{first section/First chapter}
\section{second section/First chapter}
@@ -1419,13 +1290,10 @@
\Configure{@newlabel}{\def\%{\string\%}}
>>>
-
-
We had before \`'\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef...\else...\fi' embeded within
\`'\ifx \cur:th\skip:anchor' but that eliminated the anchors for
eqnarray of pictures.
-
To save memory, we try to get anchors only when refered by labels.
For instance, this is the case for \''\@thm'.
@@ -1438,7 +1306,6 @@
\let\skip:anchor|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
The following deals with labels \''\label' provided before sectioning commands.
\<pre section anchor\><<<
@@ -1447,14 +1314,12 @@
>>>
-
\<replace AutoRefstepAnchor\><<<
\def\AutoRefstepAnchor{\SkipRefstepAnchor}
>>>
The following is to ensure anchors for labels in pictures.
-
\<anchors for pictures\><<<
\begingroup
\a:@newlabel
@@ -1465,7 +1330,6 @@
\endgroup
>>>
-
The following is to avoid eliminated anchors as is the case in, for instance, \`'\[xx\label{a}\label{b}\] '.
\<cross ref\><<<
@@ -1475,7 +1339,6 @@
\Make:Label{#2}{#3}\fi}
>>>
-
\<logical label\><<<
\a:newlabel\@currentlabel
>>>
@@ -1488,34 +1351,19 @@
\a:newlabel\thepage
>>>
-
\<cross ref\><<<
\let\:currentlabel|=\empty
>>>
In pure latex, \''\Configure{newlabel}{##1}'.
-
-
The following is treated in a similar manner to cite.
It provides the means to disable nested links in
entries of tocs. The \''\Link' doesn't seem to need
the \''[]' option there, so a \''\:gobbleII' can do the job.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A better def is given to \''\l:bel' in AmsLaTeX .
-
-
\<sub/sup in labels/refs\><<<
\let\l:bel:|=\l:bel
\def\l::bel#1{{\:SUBOff\:SUPOff\xdef\:temp{\noexpand\l:bel:{#1}}}\:temp}
@@ -1531,7 +1379,6 @@
as the first argument to \''\T at arg',
resulting in \''\def\RefArg{\RefArg}'.
-
\<sub/sup in labels/refs\><<<
\let\:newl at bel|=\@newl at bel
\let\n:wlbl|=\@newl at bel
@@ -1539,35 +1386,23 @@
\xdef\:temp{\noexpand\n:wlbl{#1}{#2}}}\:temp}
>>>
-
-
\<sub/sup in labels/refs\><<<
\let\:testdef|=\@testdef
\def\@testdef #1#2{{\:SUBOff\:SUPOff
\xdef\:temp{\noexpand\:testdef{#1}{#2}}}\:temp}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{@currentlabel}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
The second parameter of \''\anc:lbl' is a counter name, when such is know.
-
-
The \`'\@currentlabel' comes sometimes with font info. Normally, it
comes from \''\refstepcounter' in the form of
\''\the..counter-name..'. In such cases, we can take the counter
name which is provided in the parameter of \''\cur:lbl'.
-
-
\<cross ref\><<<
\NewConfigure{@:currentlabel}[1]{\concat:config\a:@:currentlabel{#1}}
\let\a:@:currentlabel|=\relax
@@ -1592,9 +1427,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
The \''\label' command of latex invokes \''\cur:lbl{}'. If
\''\:@currentlabel' is deined, it is the to be used for the current label.
The \''\ltx at label' command of amsmath.sty ignores it.
@@ -1613,25 +1445,18 @@
\''\@currentlabel', \''\@seteqlabel', and \''multline*'.
\EndList
-
-
-
-
\<def :currentlabel for make at df@tag\><<<
\let\cnt:currentlabel|=\@currentlabel
\def\:@currentlabel{\ifx \cnt:currentlabel\@currentlabel
\expandafter\the\csname c at equation\endcsname\else \@currentlabel\fi}%
>>>
-
\<def :currentlabel for refstepcounter\><<<
\let\cnt:currentlabel|=\@currentlabel
\def\:@currentlabel{\ifx \cnt:currentlabel\@currentlabel
\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname\else \@currentlabel\fi}%
>>>
-
-
\<def :currentlabel for eqnarray\><<<
\html:addr \edef\cur:th{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr r}%
>>>
@@ -1640,7 +1465,6 @@
\anc:lbl r{}%
>>>
-
\<def :currentlabel for pic-eqnarray\><<<
|<def :currentlabel for eqnarray|>
\def\cnt:currentlabel{\p at equation\theequation}%
@@ -1648,7 +1472,6 @@
\expandafter\the\csname c at equation\endcsname\else \@currentlabel\fi}%
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{/link for /label from /refstepcounter}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -1661,17 +1484,11 @@
need to do it
for pictures, and amybe also other cases.
-
-
-
The \''\refstepcounter' may appear in places (e.g., before first item
of a list) where no text is allowed, hence we have to ensure that
\''\anc:lbl' will not break this restriction.
How about within pictures?
-
-
-
\<cross ref\><<<
\append:defI\refstepcounter{%
|<def :currentlabel for refstepcounter|>%
@@ -1694,15 +1511,11 @@
\html:addr \edef\cur:th{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}
>>>
-
% \def\AutoRefstepAnchor{\def\anc:lbl##1##2{\onc:lbl{##2}{}%
% \ShowRefstepAnchor}}
-
-
We can't use ref- below, because
-
The MakeLabel removes duplicates such as in
\Verbatim
@@ -1714,7 +1527,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
For memory conservation, a maximum is placed on the number of labels
recorded.
@@ -1759,18 +1571,14 @@
\else \expandafter\:tempa \fi }
>>>
-
-
We need the \''\hbox' above because \''\label' complains if vertical
mode is replaced with horizontal mode.
-
\`' \let\Link:Labe|=\Make:Label
\def\Tag:Label#1#2{\Tag{fR\label:Count}{#1}#2\GetLabel}
\def\LinkLabels{\let\Make:Label|=\Link:Label}
\def\SendLabels{\let\Make:Label|=\Tag:Label}'
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\newtheorem{example}{Example}[section]
@@ -1784,13 +1592,10 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{divisions in tex4ht.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<elements for latex divs\><<<
\def\Get:SecAnchor#1#2#3{%
|</edef /@currentlabel|>%
@@ -1800,7 +1605,6 @@
}
>>>
-
We redefine \''\@Roman' for \''\thepart' to have the same number
of entries as \''\Alph'.
@@ -1821,7 +1625,6 @@
\NewConfigure{currentlabel}{1}
>>>
-
The \''\@currentlabel' may hold a \''\uppercase' due to \''\thepart'
that has a \''\@Roman' in it.
Tried to go for \`'\cur:lbl{#1}%', but that was a problem for cross
@@ -1832,22 +1635,13 @@
\let\uppercase|=\:tempa
>>>
-
How the above \`'\global\let\cur:th|=\last:haddr'
work with the change in \''\refstepcounter'?
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{ref-}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
To reduce conflicts, we deal with labels indirectly
through a counter. The counter is increased before
\''\getlabel' and after \''ref'. That is, this pair is assured
@@ -1864,22 +1658,16 @@
\:info{\string\Configure{pageref}{\string#1}}
\:info{\string\Configure{ref}{\string#1}}
-
-
\Configure{label}{#1}{\HCode{[pagelabel label="#1"/]}}
\Configure{pageref}{\HCode{[pageref label="#1"/]}}
\Configure{ref}{\HCode{[ref label="#1"/]}}
\GetLabel \PutLabel \ref{a} \pageref{a} \label{a}
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{apacite.sty bibtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<apacite.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% apacite.4ht |version %
@@ -1895,7 +1683,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{apacite}
-
\<apacite.sty\><<<
\def\B:my at dummy{\B at my@dummy}
\def\:citeP{\@citeP}
@@ -1906,9 +1693,6 @@
\HLet\@@cite=\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
\<apacite 2003\><<<
\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{%
\def\BBA{\BBAA}%
@@ -1947,8 +1731,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<pre 2003 apacite\><<<
\def\start:cite{%
\let\sv:edef\edef
@@ -1997,15 +1779,10 @@
\HLet\@citeyearNP=\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mla.sty bibtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<mla.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mla.4ht |version %
@@ -2016,7 +1793,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{mla}
-
\<mla.sty\><<<
\catcode`\:=12
\def\@citedatax[#1]#2{%
@@ -2031,7 +1807,6 @@
\catcode`\:=11
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Biblatex}
@@ -2049,7 +1824,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{6}{biblatex}
-
\<biblatex AtEndPreamble\><<<
\let\:temp\do
\def\do#1{%
@@ -2069,6 +1843,7 @@
>>>
\<config biblatex\><<<
+\ifdefstring{\abx at version}{3.0}{\xdef\blx:ver:no{3}}{\xdef\blx:ver:no{2.9}}
\ifx\a:printshorthands\Undef\let\blx at shorthands\@empty\fi
\ifx\blx at startbib\:UnDef
\pend:def\blx at shorthands{%
@@ -2110,7 +1885,6 @@
\gHAssign\bibN=0
>>>
-
\<biblatex-with-ooffice\><<<
\def\bibConfigure{\ConfigureList{thebibliography}%
{\IgnorePar\EndP \gHAdvance\bib:N by 1
@@ -2155,7 +1929,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<biblatex-without-ooffice\><<<
\def\bibConfigure{%
\ConfigureList{thebibliography}
@@ -2198,8 +1971,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<config biblatex\><<<
\NewConfigure{printshorthands}{4}
\NewConfigure{@shorthands}[1]{\concat:config\a:@shorthands{#1}}
@@ -2220,7 +1991,8 @@
\<config biblatex\><<<
\let\en:bib\@empty
\newcounter{bib}
-\protected\def\blx at bbl@entry#1#2#3{%
+\ifnum\blx:ver:no < 3
+ \protected\def\blx at bbl@entry#1#2#3{%
\begingroup
\def\texht at bibkey{#1}
\edef\abx at field@entrykey{\detokenize{#1}}%
@@ -2240,6 +2012,82 @@
\blx at imc@iffieldundef{options}
{}
{\blx at bbl@fieldedef{options}{\expandonce\abx at field@options}}}
+%
+ \protected\def\blx at finentry{%
+ \unspace
+ \a:finentry
+ \finentrypunct
+ \blx at postpunct
+ \b:finentry
+ \blx at initunit
+ }
+%
+\else
+% Biblatex 3.0
+%
+ \protected\def\blx at bbl@entry#1#2#3{%
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\abx at field@entrykey{\detokenize{#1}}%
+ \blx at setoptions@type{#2}%
+ \blx at bbl@options{#3}%
+ \blx at setoptions@entry
+ \edef\blx at bbl@data{blx at data@\the\c at refsection @\blx at slist@scheme
+ @\abx at field@entrykey}%
+ \csuse\blx at bbl@data
+ \blx at bbl@addfield{entrykey}{\abx at field@entrykey}%
+ \blx at bbl@addfield{entrytype}{#2}%
+ \blx at imc@iffieldundef{options}
+ {}
+ {\blx at bbl@fieldedef{options}{\expandonce\abx at field@options}}}
+%
+ \protected\def\blx at bbl@endentry{%
+ \csuse\blx at bbl@data
+ \ifcsundef{blx at pref@\the\c at refsection @\abx at field@entrykey}
+ {}
+ {\blx at addpageref{\abx at field@entrykey}}%
+ \nottoggle{blx at setonly}
+ {\listcsxadd{blx at slists@\the\c at refsection @entry@\blx at slist@scheme}%
+ {\abx at field@entrykey}}
+ {\global\toggletrue{blx at addset}%
+ \toggletrue{blx at skipbib}%
+ \toggletrue{blx at skipbiblist}%
+ \toggletrue{blx at skiplab}}%
+ \nottoggle{blx at skipbib}
+ {\listcsxadd{blx at slistsbib@\the\c at refsection @entry@\blx at slist@scheme}%
+ {\abx at field@entrykey}%
+ \listcsxadd{blx at type@\the\c at refsection @\abx at field@entrytype}%
+ {\abx at field@entrykey}%
+ \ifdef\abx at field@entrysubtype
+ {\listcsxadd{blx at subt@\the\c at refsection
+ @\abx at field@entrysubtype}%
+ {\abx at field@entrykey}}
+ {}}
+ {}%
+ \nottoggle{blx at skipbiblist}
+ {\blx at bbl@labelfields}
+ {}%
+ \nottoggle{blx at skiplab}
+ {\iftoggle{blx at labelnumber}
+ {\blx at bbl@labelnumber}
+ {}%
+ \iftoggle{blx at labelalpha}
+ {\blx at bbl@labelalpha}
+ {}%
+ \iftoggle{blx at labeltitle}
+ {\blx at bbl@labeltitle}
+ {}%
+ \iftoggle{blx at labeltitleyear}
+ {\blx at bbl@labeltitleyear}
+ {}%
+ \iftoggle{blx at labeldate}
+ {\blx at bbl@labeldate}
+ {}%
+ \blx at bbl@prefixnumber}
+ {}%
+ \blx at bbl@titles
+ \blx at bbl@hooks
+ \endgroup}
+\fi % end of version boolean
>>>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -2285,7 +2133,6 @@
#2\hyper:natanchorend}%
>>>
-
\</the /c at refsection @\><<<
X\the\c at refsection -%@
>>>
@@ -2326,8 +2173,6 @@
% \@nameuse {blx at rerun}}
% >>>
-
-
\<config biblatex-???\><<<
\pend:def\blx at bibliography{%
\pend:def\blx at bibinit{%
@@ -2355,21 +2200,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-\<config biblatex\><<<
-\protected\def\blx at finentry{%
- \unspace
- \a:finentry
- \finentrypunct
- \blx at postpunct
- \b:finentry
- \blx at initunit
-}
-\NewConfigure{finentry}{2}
->>>
-
-
-
\<config biblatex-???\><<<
\protected\def\blx at citeprint#1{%
\advance\c at citecount\@ne
@@ -2407,6 +2237,7 @@
>>>
\<config biblatex\><<<
+\NewConfigure{finentry}{2}
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname a:printfield-#2\endcsname\relax
\NewConfigure{printfield-#2}{2}%
@@ -2443,8 +2274,6 @@
\expandafter\HLet\csname\string\blx at printtext\endcsname\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<config biblatex\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname a:bibstring-#2\endcsname\relax
@@ -2473,7 +2302,6 @@
\expandafter\HLet\csname\string\blx at bibcpstring\endcsname\:tempc
>>>
-
\<config biblatex\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname a:biblcstring-#2\endcsname\relax
@@ -2488,7 +2316,6 @@
\expandafter\HLet\csname\string\blx at biblcstring\endcsname\:tempc
>>>
-
\<config biblatex\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname a:bibucstring-#2\endcsname\relax
@@ -2503,7 +2330,6 @@
\expandafter\HLet\csname\string\blx at bibucstring\endcsname\:tempc
>>>
-
\<config biblatex pre v. 0.7 -??\><<<
\pend:def\blx at bibliography{%
\pend:def\thebibitem{\c:thebibliography}%
@@ -2516,7 +2342,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<shared config biblatex\><<<
\NewConfigure{thebibliography}{4}
>>>
@@ -2567,7 +2392,9 @@
%
% This is done now and as per Kristian, the fix works fine now.
%
-\protected\def\blx at aux@number#1#2#3#4{%
+\ifnum\blx:ver:no < 3
+%
+ \protected\def\blx at aux@number#1#2#3#4{%
\blx at bbl@addentryfield{\detokenize{#2}}{#3}{localnumber}{#4}%
\ifblank{#4}%
{}%
@@ -2575,13 +2402,31 @@
%\blx at addchecksum{#1}{#4} % this can cause a nodocument error!
}}
%
-\iftoggle{blx at defernumbers}%
+ \iftoggle{blx at defernumbers}%
{\setkeys{blx at opt@pre}{labelnumber}%
\let\blx at thelabelnumber\blx at addlabelnumber
\let\abx at aux@number\blx at aux@number}%
{\let\blx at thelabelnumber\relax
\let\abx at aux@number\@gobblefour}
%
+\else
+ \def\@gobblefive#1#2#3#4#5{}%
+ \protected\def\blx at aux@number#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \blx at bbl@addentryfield{\detokenize{#2}}{#3}{localnumber}{#4}{#5}%
+ \blx at bbl@addentryfield{\detokenize{#2}}{#3}{labelnumber}{#4}{#5}%
+ \global\toggletrue{blx at localnumber}%
+ \ifblank{#5}
+ {}
+ {\csgdef{blx at labelnumber@#3@#4}{#5}}}
+
+ \iftoggle{blx at defernumbers}%
+ {\setkeys{blx at opt@pre}{labelnumber}%
+ \let\blx at thelabelnumber\blx at addlabelnumber
+ \let\abx at aux@number\blx at aux@number}%
+ {\let\blx at thelabelnumber\relax
+ \let\abx at aux@number\@gobblefive}
+\fi % end of version boolean
+%
\AtEndDocument{%
\def\abx at aux@page#1#2{\blx at addpagesum{#1}{#2}}%
\def\abx at aux@fnpage#1#2{\blx at addpagesum{#1}{#2}}%
@@ -2728,6 +2573,7 @@
\let\blx at addpagesum\@gobbletwo
\let\nolinkurl\relax
+\ifx\blx:ver:no < 3
%
% biblatex 2.9a
%
@@ -2736,6 +2582,38 @@
\let\keylist\description
\let\endkeylist\enddescription
\def\keyitem#1{\item[#1]}%
+%
+%
+\else
+%
+% biblatex 3.0
+%
+\let\keylist\Un:def
+\let\endkeylist\Un:def
+\newenvironment*{keylist}
+ {\list{}{%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{1.25in}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{10pt}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+ \raggedright%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss\bfseries##1}}}
+ {\endlist}
+%
+\def\keyitem#1{%
+ \item[#1]
+ \begingroup
+ \keyitemhook%
+ \blx at bibinit%
+ \midsentence\ifbibstring{#1}{}{\latintext}\biblstring{#1}%
+ \expandafter\lbx at initnamehook\lsmartoftext%
+ \par\nobreak
+ \midsentence\ifbibstring{#1}{}{\latintext}\bibsstring{#1}%
+ \expandafter\lbx at initnamehook\ssmartoftext%
+ \endgroup
+ \par\nobreak}
+\fi % End of version boolean
+
\ConfigureList{keylist}%
{\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="description">}%
\PushMacro\end:itm
@@ -2930,7 +2808,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<config biblatex-???\><<<
\def\blx at endunit{%
\endgroup
@@ -2950,15 +2827,10 @@
\NewConfigure{blx at unit}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{debug.bbx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<debug.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% debug.4ht |version %
@@ -2969,8 +2841,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{debug}
-
-
\<debug config\><<<
\def\bbx at fieldlabel#1{%
\thebibitem
@@ -2985,9 +2855,6 @@
\SubSection{footnote-dw}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<footnote-dw.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% footnote-dw.4ht |version %
@@ -3006,8 +2873,6 @@
\Section{amstex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<label of amstex.sty\><<<
\edef\l:bel#1{\noexpand\@bsphack
\expandafter\noexpand\csname iffirstchoice@\endcsname
@@ -3029,14 +2894,10 @@
\let\l:bel:|=\l:bel
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{varioref.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<varioref.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% varioref.4ht |version %
@@ -3052,7 +2913,6 @@
|<varioref.sty shared config|>
>>>
-
\<fix varioref\><<<
\let\:vpageref|=\@@vpageref
\def\@@vpageref#1[#2]#3{{%
@@ -3064,21 +2924,13 @@
\:vpageref{#1}[#2]{#3}}}
>>>
-
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty]{}{}%
varioref.sty\EndLink
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{nameref}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<nameref.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% nameref.4ht |version %
@@ -3089,7 +2941,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{nameref}
-
\<nameref configurations\><<<
\let\ltx at label\label
>>>
@@ -3361,9 +3212,6 @@
\Section{by name}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<byname.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% byname.4ht |version %
@@ -3374,7 +3222,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{byname}
-
\<byname configurations\><<<
\def\prf:label{{\ifx \BNa:Title\:UnDef \else \BNa:Title\fi}%
{\ifx \BNb:Title\:UnDef \else \BNb:Title\fi}{}}%
@@ -3394,19 +3241,14 @@
}{}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{xr.sty: Cross-Document References}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
Defines a command \`'\externaldocument' for importing exterla aux
files from foreugn sources. Should be called after \''\Preamble', and
before \''\begin{document}'.
-
-
\<xr.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% xr.4ht |version %
@@ -3417,8 +3259,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{xr}
-
-
\<use package\><<<
xr,>>>
@@ -3428,8 +3268,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<wait with xr\><<<
\AtEndOfPackage{\let\XR:\XR@
\def\XR@[#1]#2{%
@@ -3437,8 +3275,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<fix xr\><<<
\let\XR:loop=\XR at loop
\def\XR at loop#1{%
@@ -3451,7 +3287,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<load xref of aux\><<<
\openin15=##1.xref
\ifeof15
@@ -3472,9 +3307,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<fix xr\><<<
\def\XRrEfLiNK[#1]#2#3{\a:xr[#1]{#2}{}%
\ifx\hyperrefLabel\:UnDef #3\else \hyperrefLabel\fi \b:xr}
@@ -3496,9 +3328,6 @@
\`'-'. The if acts on \`')F1F-' to get the file name. Where the \`'x'
got into the picture? Did \''\aXrefFile' introduced it? where?
-
-
-
\<xr newlabel\><<<
\expandafter\xdef\csname r@\XR at prefix#2\endcsname{\XR:rEfLiNK #3}%
>>>
@@ -3514,13 +3343,10 @@
\else\expandafter\XR at read\fi}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{xr-hyper.sty: Hyperref-Oriented Cross-Document References}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<xr-hyper.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% xr-hyper.4ht |version %
@@ -3534,22 +3360,16 @@
\<use package\><<<
xr-hyper,>>>
-
\<add to usepackage\><<<
\def\:temp{xr-hyper}\ifx \@currname\:temp
|<wait with xr|>
\fi
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{url.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<url.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% url.4ht |version %
@@ -3570,7 +3390,6 @@
>>>
-
\<fix url\><<<
\def\:temp{\leavevmode \begingroup
\def\UrlLeft##1\UrlRight{\ifmmode \else \UrlFont\fi \Url:use{##1}}%
@@ -3581,7 +3400,6 @@
Old url.sty files employ \''\Url at use', new ones employ \''Url at Left'.
-
\<url-2004.sty\><<<
\pend:defI\Url at z{%
\ht:special{t4ht@[}%
@@ -3595,7 +3413,6 @@
\pend:def\Url{\Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}}
>>>
-
\<shared url\><<<
\def\c:url:{\def\Url:use##1}
\Configure{url}{#1}
@@ -3626,8 +3443,6 @@
\mathcode`#1=32768 \fi}
>>>
-
-
[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentclass{book}
\usepackage{url}
@@ -3649,9 +3464,6 @@
\Section{path.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<path.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% path.4ht |version %
@@ -3662,7 +3474,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{path}
-
\<path config\><<<
\pend:def\path{\a:path
\let\sv:begingroup\begingroup
@@ -3673,7 +3484,6 @@
\NewConfigure{path}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{hyperref}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -3682,12 +3492,9 @@
\SubSection{Outline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\Link[http://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/dante/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref/]{}{}%
hyperref\EndLink
-
Ask hyperref to load
\List{1}
\item
@@ -3707,10 +3514,6 @@
\Link[http://www.tug.org/ListsArchives/pdftex/msg02358.html]{}{}msg02358\EndLink,
\Link[http://www.tug.org/ListsArchives/pdftex/msg02400.html]{}{}msg02400\EndLink
-
-
-
-
\<hyperref.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% hyperref.4ht |version %
@@ -3795,9 +3598,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
\<hyperref utils\><<<
\ifx \@@wrindex\:UnDef \else
\def\@@wrindex#1||#2||#3\\{%
@@ -3813,14 +3613,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<config hyperref\><<<
\def\hyper at natlinkend{%
\hyper at linkend
}
>>>
-
\<htex4ht.def\><<<
\def\hyper at linkstart#1#2{%
\expandafter\Hy at colorlink\expandafter{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
@@ -3837,7 +3635,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<htex4ht.def\><<<
\def\hyper at anchorstart#1{%
\Hy at SaveLastskip
@@ -3854,7 +3651,6 @@
\def\hyper at anchor#1{\hyper at anchorstart{#1}\hyper at anchorend}
>>>
-
\<config hyperref\><<<
\def\hyper at linkurl#1#2{%
\leavevmode \begingroup \hyper at chars
@@ -3876,7 +3672,6 @@
\pend:defI\T at ref{\edef\RefArg{##1}}}
>>>
-
When \`'\pend:defI\hyper at normalise{\let\hyper:normalise|=\def}%' is needed?
It breaks code like the following one.
@@ -3894,7 +3689,6 @@
pdf---hpdftex, dvipdfm, pdfmark, dvips, vtex, dvipsone, textures;
htm---vtex.
-
\<tex4ht option on hyperrref\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname H at item\endcsname\relax
\def\:temp{dvi}\ifx \XR at ext\:temp \else
@@ -3910,10 +3704,6 @@
Check \`'\zap at space#2 \@empty' for removing spaces
-
-
-
-
\''ifHy at texht' might be undefined, or defined with lowercase
character (in earlier versions).
@@ -3932,7 +3722,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
The following is to take care of \''\newlabel' of hyperef,
which requires 5 fields instead of 2.
@@ -3944,10 +3733,6 @@
% \def\prf:label{{}{}{}}%
% >>>
-
-
-
-
%\def\@hyperref{\ref}
%\def\label at hyperref[#1]#2{{%
% \def\@firstoffive##1##2##3{##1}% |%can we remove this line?|%
@@ -3995,9 +3780,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<nameref.sty\><<<
\@ifpackageloaded{nameref}{}
{
@@ -4008,7 +3790,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<nameref moved from old hyperref\><<<
\def\tht:label#1{%
\@bsphack
@@ -4102,8 +3883,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{hyperref}
@@ -4119,20 +3898,16 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
% \let\:rdef:sec|=\rdef:sec
% \def\rdef:sec#1{\def\@currentlabelname{#1}\:rdef:sec{#1}}
% \let\hy:@footnotetext|=\@footnotetext
% \def\@footnotetext#1{\hy:@footnotetext{\def\@currentlabelname{footnote}#1}}
-
% \pend:def\table{\def\@currentlabelname{table}}
% \expandafter\pend:def\csname
% table*\endcsname{\def\@currentlabelname{table}}
-
-
% \let\hy:item|=\item
% \def\item{\def\@currentlabelname{item}\hy:item}
@@ -4146,13 +3921,6 @@
\let\o:ref|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<hyperref utils\><<<
\def\hyperlink#1#2{\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink}
\def\hypertarget#1#2{\Link{}{#1}#2\EndLink}
@@ -4197,7 +3965,6 @@
\catcode`\:=11
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Forms}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -4301,14 +4068,9 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
-
The \''\nosp:arg' removes leading spaces from attribute names.
Why \`'\def\del:sp#1//{\def\nosp:arg{#1}}' doesn't work?
-
-
-
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[tex4ht,bookmarks=false]{hyperref}
@@ -4356,24 +4118,18 @@
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Autoref}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<autoref references\><<<
\Configure{@newlabel}{\@onelevel at sanitize\@currentlabelname}
\append:def\protect:wrtoc{\def\ref{\protect\o:ref}}
>>>
-
% \long\expandafter\def\csname autoref \endcsname#1{\expandafter
% \auto at setref \csname r@#1\endcsname \@firstoffive {#1}}
-
\<yes autoref name\><<<
\let\:autoref\::autoref
>>>
@@ -4382,8 +4138,6 @@
\let\:autoref\:gobble
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
[\HPage{old, unused}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -4418,8 +4172,6 @@
>>>
>>>
-
-
\<post 2001 late hyperrref-pre 2008\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
\edef\autoref{\noexpand\protect\expandafter\noexpand
@@ -4437,7 +4189,6 @@
\EndHPage{}]
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Definitions fron hyperref.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -4445,7 +4196,6 @@
The following definitions are from hyperref.sty,
but they are not accessible there in tex4ht mode.
-
\<autoref 2008\><<<
|<auto ref|>
|<auto page ref|>
@@ -4464,7 +4214,6 @@
\let\HyRef at ShowKeysRef\@gobble
>>>
-
\<auto ref\><<<
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\autoref}{%
\@ifstar{\HyRef at autoref\@gobbletwo}{\HyRef at autoref\hyper@@link}%
@@ -4513,8 +4262,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<auto page ref\><<<
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\autopageref}{%
\@ifstar{%
@@ -4565,7 +4312,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<autoref 2008\><<<
\providecommand*\AMSautorefname{\equationautorefname}
\providecommand*\Hfootnoteautorefname{\footnoteautorefname}
@@ -4589,16 +4335,10 @@
\providecommand*\pageautorefname{page}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Ref}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
%\<post 2001 late hyperrref\><<<
\<nameref moved from old hyperref\><<<
@@ -4607,7 +4347,6 @@
|<no autoref name|>
>>>
-
\<post 2001 late hyperrref\><<<
\def\auto at setref#1#2#3{\@safe at activestrue
|<yes autoref name|>\T at ref{#3}\@safe at activesfalse}
@@ -4622,8 +4361,6 @@
\SubSection{Ref Star}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<ref star\><<<
\def\:temp{\protect \T at ref}
\ifx \::ref\:temp
@@ -4633,7 +4370,6 @@
|<ref star for babl|>
>>>
-
\<ref star for babl\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\@safe at activestrue\org@:ref{#1}\@safe at activesfalse}
\expandafter\ifx \csname :ref \endcsname\:temp
@@ -4643,9 +4379,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<ref star\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname real at setref\endcsname\relax
\def\@pagerefstar#1{%
@@ -4675,7 +4408,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\HPage{test data}
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
@@ -4696,9 +4428,6 @@
\end{document}
-
-
-
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[english]{babel}
\usepackage{hyperref}
@@ -4716,12 +4445,6 @@
\end{document}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
\usepackage{amsmath}
\usepackage{hyperref}
@@ -4750,7 +4473,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{hypcap}
-
\<hypcap configs\><<<
\pend:def\endfigure{\@capstartfalse}
\expandafter\pend:def\csname endfigure*\endcsname{\@capstartfalse}
@@ -4780,14 +4502,10 @@
\EndVerbatim
\EndHPage{}]
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Miscellaneous Environments}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx]{}{}ltmiscen.dtx\EndLink
\<latex ltmiscen\><<<
@@ -4799,8 +4517,6 @@
\Section{document...enddocument}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<html latex hook on end\><<<
\let\end|=\o:end
\let\o:end|=\:UnDef
@@ -4824,7 +4540,6 @@
\Section{Output Encoding}
-
Connector punctuation (the default is probably not the right one for
unicode):
@@ -4836,7 +4551,6 @@
The math underscore below is represented by a ruler drawing.
-
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
\begin{document}
@@ -4844,9 +4558,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
\<latex ltoutenc\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\OMS:textcircled\csname
OMS\string\textcircled\endcsname
@@ -4877,8 +4588,6 @@
\Configure{textcircled}{}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Blocks: The /begin.../end Delimiters}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -4887,13 +4596,9 @@
\SubSection{Begin}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
The command \`'\begin{xxx}' referes to the meaning of \`'\xxx',
and the command \`'\end{xxx}' referes to the meaning of \`'\endxxx'.
-
\<latex ltmiscen\><<<
\pend:defI\begin{\let\chk:pic|=\EndPicture }
\let\o:begin:|=\begin
@@ -4913,7 +4618,6 @@
\expandafter\concat:config\csname @begin:#1\endcsname{#2}}
>>>
-
\<revised begin\><<<
\ifx \EndPicture\:Undef
\PushStack\envn:list\n:list \SaveEverypar
@@ -4934,7 +4638,6 @@
\reserved at a
>>>
-
The `endpe' stands for `end par environment'.
\<before begin(...)\><<<
@@ -4943,7 +4646,6 @@
\let\after:end|=\empty \csname before:begin#1\endcsname \fi
>>>
-
\<LoopOf before begin(...)\><<<
\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
\ifx \this:listConfigure\empty
@@ -4965,19 +4667,14 @@
that exited before entering the group. It is expressed indirectly theough
\`'\chk:pic'.
-
A definition \''\HLet\end\...' would not work for cases that pictures
are initiated within \''\begin{...}'. For instance, in eqnarray there
is an embedded \`'$$' that can start a picture environment.
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{End}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<latex ltmiscen\><<<
\let\o:end:|=\end
\def\end#1{\choose:begin
@@ -4985,8 +4682,6 @@
{\o:end:{#1}}}
>>>
-
-
\<revised end\><<<
%\IgnoreIndent
\ifvmode |<ignore par before hline in end|>\fi
@@ -5004,12 +4699,6 @@
\if at ignore\global\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
A \`'\def\::temp{...}\HLet\end=\:temp' is no good in cases like
\Verbatim
xxxxxxx
@@ -5033,7 +4722,6 @@
\expandafter\let\csname after:end\endcsname|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
\<check Everypar at end\><<<
\PopStack\envn:list\:tempb
\ifnum \:tempb=\n:list \else
@@ -5049,19 +4737,14 @@
where the hypertext also saves and recalls the status. Hence, a partial
overlap that would have forced a warning.
-
-
-
The \''\RecallEverypar' must appear first because it sets the
counter \''\n:list', the appropriate \''\ht:everypar' contents,
and \''\ShowIndent' or \''\IgnoreIndent'.
-
The \''\@doendpe' deals with piles of \''\end's. The
\`'\Protect\HtmlPar' goes to the first paragraph outside the
pile.
-
\<recall after /end\><<<
\ifhmode \hfill\break\fi
\RecallEverypar
@@ -5075,33 +4758,25 @@
\HLet\@doendpe\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
-
The \''\hfill\break' is to help prevent losses of space separators.
We might get here leading empty paragrphs after an \`'\end'. Is there
a way to remove them without a post processor.
-
We can't add grouping of the form
\`'\append:defI\begin{\bgroup}.......\pend:defI\end{\egroup}'
for catching enclosed fonts because \''\begin{...}' commands might
include parametric subcommands like in
\`'\begin{list}{default-label}{definitions}...\end{list}'.
-
La\TeX{} changes the meaning of \`'\ht:everypar' upon reaching
\`'\end'. Hence, the \`'\ht:everypar{}\begin{...}...\end{...}' does
not let the effect of \`'\ht:everypar' through.
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Examples}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\HPage{Yes!}
\Verbatim
@@ -5126,9 +4801,6 @@
\EndHPage{}
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentclass[12pt]{report}
@@ -5186,7 +4858,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\begin{eqnarray}
@@ -5196,8 +4867,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentstyle{report}
@@ -5206,11 +4875,6 @@
\begin{document}
\EndPreamble
-
-
-
-
-
a pair of these characters as ``argument delimiters''. I usually use the
\verb"@" or \verb@"@ charachters, as I rarely have any other uses for them.
Thus
@@ -5227,7 +4891,6 @@
\end{verbatim}
}
-
YES-NO for `{\tt <P>}'
The section of program in NO
@@ -5271,26 +4934,17 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
-
Commands \''\setbox...= box{...}' might produce extra spaces because
of the \''\par\leavevmode', an undesirable phenomena for framed
pictures. Since boxes are in any case a problem for us for standard
text, we are probably better-off deal properly at least with pictures.
-
-
-
\<html latex env\><<<
|<initial env configurations|>
>>>
-
The above had \`'}{\csname after:listend\endcsname' earlier.
-
The following are needed for cases like
\Verbatim
@@ -5302,7 +4956,6 @@
\begin{syntax} aa \\ \end{syntax}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<ignore par before hline in end\><<<
\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
\def\:temp{|<end row before hline|>%
@@ -5320,9 +4973,6 @@
}%
>>>
-
-
-
[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\Picture*{}
\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}
@@ -5332,14 +4982,9 @@
\EndPicture
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{ConfigureEnv}
-
-
In the following, a list configuration is requested only if either
the third or the fourth parameter is not empty.
@@ -5357,8 +5002,6 @@
\else \ConfigureList{#1}{#4}{#5}{}{}\fi}
>>>
-
-
\<config latex.ltx utilitiesNO\><<<
\NewConfigure{TraceEnv}[4]{\def\trc:Bg{#1}\def\trc:eBg{#2}%
\def\trc:Nd{#3}\def\trc:eNd{#4}}
@@ -5367,8 +5010,6 @@
\def\trc:iT{#7}\def\trc:eiT{#8}}
>>>
-
-
\<latex trace configurations\><<<
\:CheckOption{hooks+} \if:Option
\def\trc:wrt{\immediate\write16}
@@ -5380,8 +5021,6 @@
XML as a backend for LaTeX
-
-
\<latex.ltx latex trace configurations\><<<
|<latex.ltx non trace configurations|>
\:CheckOption{hooks++} \if:Option
@@ -5396,9 +5035,6 @@
\fi\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<latex.ltx latex edit+ commands\><<<
\long\def\ConfigureEnv#1#2#3#4#5{%
\expandafter\def\csname before:begin#1\endcsname{%
@@ -5411,8 +5047,6 @@
\ConfigureList{#1}{#4}{#5}{}{}}
>>>
-
-
\<latex.ltx latex edit commands\><<<
\long\def\ConfigureEnv#1#2#3#4#5{%
\expandafter\def\csname before:begin#1\endcsname{%
@@ -5429,8 +5063,6 @@
\ConfigureList{#1}{#4}{#5}{}{}}
>>>
-
-
\<hooks+ for ConfigureEnv\><<<
\:CheckOption{hooks+} \if:Option
\pend:defI\begin{\expandafter
@@ -5442,9 +5074,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{CR-based Line Breaks}
Line breaks \''\\' in , for instance, the \`'verse' environment
@@ -5463,19 +5092,12 @@
\fi \vskip #1\ignorespaces}
>>>
-
-
-
\<config latex.ltx utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{centercr}{2}
>>>
Where \`'<P>' comes from???
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}
@@ -5489,18 +5111,14 @@
Postbus 23656
\end{verse}
-
\end{document}
-
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Verbatim}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<html latex local env\><<<
\bgroup
\catcode`\-=13
@@ -5529,7 +5147,6 @@
/egroup
>>>
-
The following is for \`'\verb'.
\<html latex local env\><<<
@@ -5538,19 +5155,14 @@
\:sverb#1}
>>>
-
A \`'\aftergroup\b:verb' is no good above because it is preceded by
a \''\aftergroup' for an embedded \''\obeylines' commands which can produce, for instance,
\`'<NOBR><CODE>strong</NOBR></CODE>'.
-
The \`'\HChar{160}=\:nbsp' is required in empty lines by Netscape. Tex4ht
also loses empty lines, byt it can survive with the weaker
insertion of \`'\special{t4ht=<!---->}'.
-
-
-
\<html latex local env\><<<
\let\:temp|=\@verbatim
\HLet\@verbatim|=\:temp
@@ -5558,32 +5170,19 @@
\Configure{obeylines}{\let\ |=\v:ch}{}{\v:par}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<config latex.ltx utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{verbatim}[2]{\c:def\v:par{#1}\c:def\v:ch{#2}}
\def\c:verb:#1#2{\c:def\a:verb{#1}\c:def\b:verb{#2}}
>>>
-
-
-
The \''\SaveEverypar...\RecallEverypar' needs to be well parenthesized
here with those in the embeded lists. The indirection through
\''\end:saveeverypar' is because the \''\endverbatim' can be for
a start of a \''\verbatim' from another lib (e.g., verbatim.sty).
-
-
The configuration of the verbatim environment is on the loop, not
the begin-end, to eliminate extra lines in the content.
-
-
-
-
\`'\ConfigureEnv{verbatim}{}{}{\env:verb}{\endenv:verb}' fails in
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty]{}{}%
verbatim.sty\EndLink. The same is true whn nested within another
@@ -5600,7 +5199,6 @@
\end{verbatim}
\end{foo}
-
\ConfigureEnv{foo}{}{}{}{ }
\begin{foo}
@@ -5610,15 +5208,6 @@
\end{foo}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}
@@ -5634,7 +5223,6 @@
\end{enumerate} The
-
s document was
\moveright0.1\textwidth\vbox{%
@@ -5695,20 +5283,14 @@
\''\def\:D:T{<P>}'. To eliminate the spaces that precede we introduce
the parindent=0.
-
-
-
\<leading line in /verbatim\><<<
\parindent|=\z@
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Math Setup}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltmath.dtx]{}{}ltmath.dtx\EndLink
\<latex ltmath\><<<
@@ -5721,8 +5303,6 @@
|<html eqnarray|>
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Big, BIG, ....}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -5751,8 +5331,6 @@
\NewConfigure{Bigg}{4}
>>>
-
-
Need the following revisions for mathopen etc. Originally, we had
parameterless definitions.
@@ -5771,7 +5349,6 @@
\def\Biggr#1{\mathclose{\Bigg{#1}}}
>>>
-
\<plain,latex math\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:quad} \HLet\quad|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\a:qquad} \HLet\qquad|=\:tempc
@@ -5779,8 +5356,6 @@
\NewConfigure{qquad}{1} \Configure{qquad}{\o:qquad:}
>>>
-
-
% \def\,{\mskip\thinmuskip}
% \def\>{\mskip\medmuskip}
% \def\;{\mskip\thickmuskip}
@@ -5865,9 +5440,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
The following is to handle math primes like in \'+$A'$+, \'+$A''$+,
\'+$A'_5$+, and \'+$A_5'$+. Latex converts such primes to \'+^{\prime}+
@@ -5890,7 +5462,6 @@
We want to expose the closing configuration out the \''\egrop' abd \''\fi',
to be able to check for successive subscripts in caes of subsup.
-
\<b: '\><<<
\aftergroup\:pr at m@s
>>>
@@ -5909,12 +5480,10 @@
|<plain,latex math prime|>
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Choose}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<plain,latex math\><<<
\def\atop:choose#1#2#3{\a:choose}
\def\:temp{%
@@ -5969,7 +5538,6 @@
\Section{Mathpalette}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<plain,latex math\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2{\a:mthpl\o:mathpalette:{#1}{#2}\b:mthpl}
\HLet\mathpalette|=\:temp
@@ -5978,7 +5546,6 @@
|<phantom and smash|>
>>>
-
The following is to avoid empty pictures.
\<phantom and smash\><<<
@@ -5992,10 +5559,6 @@
\HLet\smash|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
-
Before we hade for non-pic
\Verbatim
\expandafter\ifx \csname\string#1:\endcsname\relax
@@ -6009,14 +5572,8 @@
However, the first parameter need not be a singlton macro, so we had
failures with that code.
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{roots}
-
\<plain,latex math\><<<
\def\:temp #1\of #2{%
{\a:root #1\b:root#2\c:root}}
@@ -6024,13 +5581,8 @@
\NewConfigure{root}{3}
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Matrices}
-
-
\SubSection{Cases}
% \def\cases#1{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
@@ -6039,7 +5591,6 @@
Under pic math the \''\cases' becomes a picture due to the \''\left'
and \''\right' operations.
-
\<plain,latex math\><<<
\NewConfigure{cases}[8]{\c:def\a:cases{#1}\c:def\b:cases{#2}%
\c:def\c:cases{#5}\c:def\d:cases{#6}\c:def\e:cases{#7}%
@@ -6058,9 +5609,6 @@
\catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{matrix}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -6070,7 +5618,6 @@
% \mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}
% #1\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}}}\,}
-
The last four parameters of pictorial configurations must be empty.
\<plain,latex math\><<<
@@ -6085,54 +5632,35 @@
\NewConfigure{matrix}{6}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{pmatrix}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<plain,latex math\><<<
\:CheckOption{no-pmatrix} \if:Option \else
|<shared plain/latex pmatrix|>
\fi
>>>
-
\<shared plain/latex pmatrix\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\a:pmatrix\o:pmatrix:{#1}\b:pmatrix}
\HLet\pmatrix|=\:temp
>>>
-
\<shared plain/latex pmatrix\><<<
\NewConfigure{pmatrix}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{TeX and LaTex: Bordermatrix}
-
-
-
\<plain,latex bordermatrix\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\a:bordermatrix\o:bordermatrix:{#1}\b:bordermatrix}
\HLet\bordermatrix|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{bordermatrix}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Displaylines}
-
-
-
\<displaylines\><<<
\def\tx:halign#1#2{\csname a:#1\endcsname
\csname \ifx \EndPicture\:Undef reg:#1\else o:#1:\fi
@@ -6151,7 +5679,6 @@
\NewConfigure{displaylines}{4}
>>>
-
\<displaylinesNO\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\displ at y
|<html mode for displaylines|>%
@@ -6164,7 +5691,6 @@
\c:def\R:dspln{#3}\c:def\r:dspln{#4}}
>>>
-
\<html mode for displaylinesNO\><<<
\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
\def\ar:fld{\T:dspln\global\let\ar:fld|=\empty}%
@@ -6172,24 +5698,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
When option \`'no-halign' is up, the command \`'\h:noalign' is undefined.
-
\<restore nohalignNO\><<<
\csname h:noalign\endcsname
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
\:CheckOption{no-halign} \if:Option \else
\def\:temp{\everycr{}}
@@ -6200,12 +5714,6 @@
% \pend:def\@lign{\h:noalign}
% \pend:def\displ at y{\HRestore\noalign}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\input tex4ht.sty \Preamble{html} \EndPreamble
@@ -6218,20 +5726,10 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%55
\Section{[] and ()}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%55
-
-
-
-
\<latex,sty math del\><<<
\def\({\leavevmode\st:math}
\def\){\ed:math}
@@ -6250,12 +5748,6 @@
% Should be \Configure{[]}{\begin{equation*}}{\end{equation*}}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<more latex math\><<<
|<latex,sty math del|>
\ifx \a:mth\:UnDef
@@ -6287,11 +5779,6 @@
\append:def\]{\egroup}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Equation (latex, amsmath, fleqn)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -6299,8 +5786,6 @@
The equation environment is defined in different manners within
the different packages.
-
-
\SubSection{in latex.ltx}
\Verbatim
@@ -6308,7 +5793,6 @@
\def\endequation{\eqno \hbox{\@eqnnum}$$\global\@ignoretrue}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<latex.ltx\><<<
\let\o:equation:|=\equation
\let\o:endequation:|=\endequation
@@ -6329,8 +5813,6 @@
% \let\@fleqnfalse\empty
% \let\@fleqntrue\empty
-
-
\<config latex.ltx shared\><<<
\NewConfigure{equation}[3]{%
\c:def\a:equation{#1\bgroup\let\@eqnnum|=\empty}%
@@ -6339,8 +5821,6 @@
\Configure{equation}{}{}{}
>>>
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\equation{\bgroup |<amsmath-fleqn false|>%
\ifx \EndPicture\:Undef
@@ -6365,15 +5845,6 @@
\o:equation:}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname o:equation*:\expandafter
\endcsname \csname equation*\endcsname
@@ -6397,8 +5868,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
% \def\equation{\bgroup
% \ifx \EndPicture\:Undef
% \def\endequation{%
@@ -6414,15 +5883,6 @@
% \expandafter\def\csname a:equation*\endcsname{\a:equation}
% \expandafter\def\csname c:equation*\endcsname{\c:equation}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<amsmath-fleqn false\><<<
\@fleqnfalse
>>>
@@ -6434,29 +5894,18 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<\><<<
\NewConfigure{equation}[3]{%
\c:def\a:equation{#1\bgroup \let\tagform@|=\:gobble }%
\c:def\b:equation{\egroup#2}\c:def\c:equation{#3}}
>>>
-
Do we need the \`'\Configure{Picture*}{}{}%'?
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Amsmath}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<config amsmath.sty utilitiesNO\><<<
\NewConfigure{equation}[1]{%
\c:def\a:equation{#1}%
@@ -6464,23 +5913,10 @@
\Configure{equation}{}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{fleqn}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<fleqn.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% fleqn.4ht |version %
@@ -6508,8 +5944,6 @@
\endtrivlist}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{stackrel}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -6520,15 +5954,8 @@
\NewConfigure{stackrel}{3}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{/frac}
-
-
-
-
\<latex math\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2{{\a:frac\begingroup
#1\endgroup\b:frac \over \c:frac #2\d:frac}}
@@ -6536,21 +5963,13 @@
\NewConfigure{frac}{4}
>>>
-
-
\<amsamth.sty frac\><<<
{\a:frac\begingroup
#1\endgroup\b:frac \@@over \c:frac #2\d:frac}%
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{Sqrt's}
-
-
-
-
\<latex math\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\a:sqrtsign{\o:sqrtsign:{#1}}\b:sqrtsign}}
\HLet\sqrtsign|=\:temp
@@ -6563,15 +5982,10 @@
\NewConfigure{sqrt}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Eqnarray}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
% \def\reg:eq:narray#1\displaywidth{\afterassignment\reg:eq:narrayA\let\:temp}
\<html eqnarray\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
@@ -6592,7 +6006,6 @@
&\global\@eqcnt\thr@@ \hb at xt@\z@\bgroup\hss#\egroup \tabskip\z at skip
>>>
-
\<html eqnarray\><<<
\def\:tempc{
\@@eqncr
@@ -6615,9 +6028,6 @@
c:eq:narray*:\endcsname} \NewConfigure{eq:narray*}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
\<html eqnarray\><<<
\let\snd:halign|=\empty
\def\:temp[#1]{\ifnum 0=`{\fi }\@@eqncr}
@@ -6633,8 +6043,6 @@
\HLet\@@eqncr|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
\`'\append:def\endeqnarray{}' is no good because
the tail of the table falls out of the traced math environment.
\`'
@@ -6655,34 +6063,20 @@
\stepcounter{equation}\fi
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{List Environments}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltlists.dtx]{}{}ltlists.dtx\EndLink
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Configure Description Lists}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
The \''\begin#1' command has been expanded to call
\`'\csname on#1:list\endcsname' before calling
\`'\csname #1\endcsname', if \''\this:listConfigure' is empty.
-
-
-
\<latex ltlists\><<<
\long\def\ConfigureList#1#2#3#4#5{\expandafter
\def\csname on#1:list\endcsname{\def\this:listConfigure{%
@@ -6692,7 +6086,6 @@
}}}
>>>
-
\<html lists\><<<
\let\:DL:|=\empty
\let\:OL:|=\empty
@@ -6756,10 +6149,6 @@
\end{verbatim}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
-
\<html latex lists\><<<
\let\:item|=\@item
\def\@item[#1]{\ifx \EndPicture\:Undef
@@ -6776,13 +6165,6 @@
a lose of html-info during collapsing effects as is the case, e.g., in
the following code.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Verbatim
The ten characters
\begin{quote}\begin{verbatim}
@@ -6799,13 +6181,11 @@
>
\@</CODE>'.
-
Within \`'|<prepend @item[...]|>', \''\if at noitemarg' indicates
whether we have a non user supplied label. Within
\`'|<append @item[...]|>', \''\if at inlabel' does the job before
we encounter the first paragraph.
-
Note that \''X1111
Y2222
X1111
@@ -6824,7 +6204,6 @@
'. That is, the everypars might happen within groups. Hence,
probably the reason for \''\if at inlabel'
-
\<append @item[...]\><<<
\ShowRefstepAnchor
\ht:everypar{%
@@ -6840,8 +6219,6 @@
\ht:everypar{|<between list pars|>}}%
>>>
-
-
\<before each item\><<<
\global\let\empty:D:T:D|=\empty \:DT \hfill\break
>>>
@@ -6850,9 +6227,6 @@
\'' \:DT ' at the end so it will gobble only the item mark. However,
we can't because of the problem of collapsing spaces.
-
-
-
\<after each item\><<<
\:DD \ShowPar
>>>
@@ -6861,8 +6235,6 @@
\:ListParSkip
>>>
-
-
\<html latex lists\><<<
\def\ListParSkip{\def\:ListParSkip}
\ListParSkip{\HtmlPar}
@@ -6872,12 +6244,10 @@
\SubSection{Boundary Points of Lists}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
Because of the merging of into items lists that are
stacked on them,
we first configure the new lis with
-
\<prepend @item[...]\><<<
\if at newlist
\null:listConfigure \this:listConfigure
@@ -6885,7 +6255,6 @@
\SkipRefstepAnchor
>>>
-
\<latex ltlists\><<<
\def\null:listConfigure{%
\global\let\:DLL|=\empty
@@ -6894,9 +6263,6 @@
\null:listConfigure \let\this:listConfigure|=\empty
>>>
-
-
-
then we start it.
\''\:DL' is a variable in DraTeX.
@@ -6912,13 +6278,8 @@
Do we need to to globally define \''\:DLL' here to empty,
and save/resore it at \''\begin' and \''\end' boudaries.
-
-
-
-
The \''\endlist' comamnd is defined in turns of \''\endtrivlist'.
-
\Verbatim
\def\endtrivlist{%
\if at inlabel\indent\fi
@@ -6935,7 +6296,6 @@
}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<html latex lists\><<<
\pend:def\endtrivlist{|<prepend end trivlist|>}
>>>
@@ -6949,9 +6309,6 @@
\fi \fi
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Boundary Points of Env Blocks}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -6967,8 +6324,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<html latex lists\><<<
\def\list:save{%
\let\SVempty:D:T:D|=\empty:D:T:D
@@ -6982,16 +6337,6 @@
\global\let\:DD|=\SV:DD }
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
The \Verb!\@newlistfalse! inserted for handling the following case:
\Verbatim
@@ -7007,22 +6352,12 @@
\EndVerbatim
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Default Configurations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Note also the \''\ConfigureEnv' for the following lists.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<html latex lists\><<<
\def\AnchorLabel{\anc:lbl x{}}
\def\DeleteMark#1\@labels{\hfill\break
@@ -7032,19 +6367,6 @@
The \''\setbox' is to clear \''\@labels' from being accumulated for
latter on use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data for space collapsing}\Verbatim
ferent combinations of the following options:
@@ -7064,14 +6386,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Comments}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -7086,9 +6400,6 @@
\end{trivlist}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
When an item is encountered it calls \''\makelabe' to create the label.
Commands \''\setbox...= box{...}' might produce extra spaces because
@@ -7096,9 +6407,6 @@
pictures. Since boxes are in any case a problem for us for standard
text, we are probably better-off deal properly at least with pictures.
-
-
-
%
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data for crosss refs}\Verbatim
@@ -7108,27 +6416,25 @@
\begin{document}
\EndPreamble
-
-
-\section{AA} % 0.1 AA
+\section{AA} % 0.1 AA
ref{1}-\ref{1} NO % ref10.1
-ref{2}-\ref{2} NO % ref20.1
+ref{2}-\ref{2} NO % ref20.1
-ref{3}-\ref{3} NO % ref30.1
+ref{3}-\ref{3} NO % ref30.1
-ref{4}-\ref{4} NO % ref40.1
+ref{4}-\ref{4} NO % ref40.1
-ref{5}-\ref{5} YES % ref61
+ref{5}-\ref{5} YES % ref61
-ref{6}-\ref{6} YES % ref62
+ref{6}-\ref{6} YES % ref62
-ref{5}-\ref{55} NO % ref50.1
+ref{5}-\ref{55} NO % ref50.1
-ref{6}-\ref{66} NO % ref60.1
+ref{6}-\ref{66} NO % ref60.1
-ref{7}-\ref{7} NO % ref70.1
+ref{7}-\ref{7} NO % ref70.1
ref{8}-\ref{8} NO % ref80.1
@@ -7142,18 +6448,15 @@
ref{13}-\ref{13} NO % ref130.1
-ref{14}-\ref{14} NO % ref140.1
+ref{14}-\ref{14} NO % ref140.1
ref{15}-\ref{15} NO % ref150.1
-
-
\trivlist
\item aaaaaaaaaaaa \label{1} % aaaaaaaaaaaa
\item bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{2} % bbbbbbbbbbbb
\endtrivlist
-
\trivlist
\item[X1] aaaaaaaaaaaa \label{3} % X1 aaaaaaaaaaaa
\item[X2] bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{4} % X2 bbbbbbbbbbbb
@@ -7165,13 +6468,12 @@
\end{enumerate}
\begin{enumerate}
-\item[X1] enum aaaaaaaaaaaa \label{55} % X1 enum aaaaaaaaaaaa
-\item[X2] enum bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{66} % X2 enum bbbbbbbbbbbb
+\item[X1] enum aaaaaaaaaaaa \label{55} % X1 enum aaaaaaaaaaaa
+\item[X2] enum bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{66} % X2 enum bbbbbbbbbbbb
no html comment here for link!
\end{enumerate}
-
\begin{description}
\item[X1] aaaaaaaaaaaa \label{7} % X1 aaaaaaaaaaaa
\item[X2] bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{8} % X2 bbbbbbbbbbbb
@@ -7182,7 +6484,6 @@
\item bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{10} % bbbbbbbbbbbb
\end{description}
-
\begin{itemize}
\item[X1] aaaaaaaaaaaa \label{11} % X1 aaaaaaaaaaaa
\item[X2] bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{12} % X2 bbbbbbbbbbbb
@@ -7193,25 +6494,16 @@
\item bbbbbbbbbbbb \label{14} % * bbbbbbbbbbbb
\end{itemize}
-
\label{15}
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{List-Based Environments}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Verse, Quote, and Quoattion}
The \''\verse' carries the following def.
@@ -7228,17 +6520,11 @@
{\endlist}
\EndVerbatim
-
The verse environment doesn't seem to need the 100\% width but we
include it because it costs nothing and without it there is a slight
deviation in the left margin from the quotation environments The
groups are for enclosed groups.
-
-
-
-
-
In LaTeX, these environment mainly enlarge the margins.
\Verbatim
@@ -7263,55 +6549,21 @@
\NewConfigure{quotation}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<config book-report-article utilities\><<<
\append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin|=\z@}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{The Display}
The \''<DIV>...</DIV>' handles a few additional,
but not all, the missing line breaks in lynx.
-
The quote and quotation environments, at least, must include
100\% width of page to allow the flushing left, right, and center of
embedded environments.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Centered}
-
-
\Verbatim
\def\center{\trivlist \centering\item\relax}
\def\endcenter{\endtrivlist}
@@ -7320,14 +6572,10 @@
The \''\par' is for allowing also the last paragraph to be
formatted in the
-
-
-
The table is uggly in the following.
It is included for the surrounding space, and for grouping
within other environments.
-
\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}
@@ -7335,13 +6583,11 @@
\begin{document}
\EndPreamble
-
\begin{center}
.. ... .. .... ...... ......(BR)\\
... ... ........... ......(BR)\\
....... ......
-
(P)..... .........
\end{center}
@@ -7360,19 +6606,12 @@
\def\endflushright{\endtrivlist}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<html latex env\><<<
\ifx \flushleft\:UnDef \else
\append:def\flushleft{\linepenalty|=10 }
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<html latex env\><<<
\append:def\flushright{\linepenalty|=10 \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
\parfillskip|=\@flushglue
@@ -7380,16 +6619,10 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
-
-
-
The following have a problem of lack of space below and above them,
because we don't want space on the margins. Above we tried to force
the extra space.
-
-
\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}
@@ -7398,14 +6631,12 @@
\begin{document}
\EndPreamble
-
....................
\begin{flushleft}
(P)(TABLE...).. ... .. .... ...... ......(BR)\\
... ... ........... ......(BR)\\
....... ......
-
(P)..... .........(/TABLE)
\end{flushleft}
(P).............
@@ -7419,13 +6650,8 @@
Users might not be consistent to whether spaces are introduced
at start and end of lines.
-
-
\Section{Centering and Fussy}
-
-
-
\SubSection{Centering}
\<html latex env\><<<
@@ -7436,23 +6662,12 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Boxes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx]{}{}ltboxes.dtx\EndLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Boxes are occasionally before placing them within pictures. In such cases,
configurations of the form
`\Verb!\Configure{lrbox}{\noexpand\PictureOff}!'
@@ -7479,10 +6694,6 @@
\NewConfigure{lrbox}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
-
We place the third parameter of \''\makebox' in a
group for avoiding problematic font of the form
\`'</CODE><CODE
@@ -7491,7 +6702,6 @@
\`'<CODE
>uparrow</CODE>'.
-
\<latex ltboxes\><<<
\long\def\:tempc[#1][#2]#3{\o:@imakebox:[#1][#2]{{#3}}}
\HLet\@imakebox|=\:tempc
@@ -7519,32 +6729,21 @@
}
>>>
-
\<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0\><<<
\gHAdvance\:mpNum by 1
\HAssign\minipageNum=\:mpNum \relax
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{/mbox}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
-
-
-
\<latex math\><<<
\long\def\:temp#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\a:mbox {#1}\b:mbox}}
\HLet\mbox|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{mbox}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{/framebox and /fbox}
\<latex ltboxes\><<<
@@ -7555,7 +6754,6 @@
\HLet\gobble:fbox|=\:tempc
>>>
-
\<config latex.ltx utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{fbox}{2}
>>>
@@ -7590,11 +6788,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Centerline, Leftline, Rightline}
\<latex ltboxes\><<<
@@ -7613,14 +6806,11 @@
\Section{Tabbing}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
The original has been defined as global, probbaly
because it was in a group hiding \`'\+'. I couldn't locate that
group. I protectd the problematic parts here from the if-else of the
first pass with \''\expandafter'.
-
-
\<latex lttab\><<<
|<TABLE tabbing|>
|<TABLE tabbing Config util|>
@@ -7630,22 +6820,9 @@
\Configure{extracolsep}{}
>>>
-
The pic-tabbing' option asks for pictures just for tabbing environments
that have the {\tt \char92'} tabbing command.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
The above order of insertions is important for \''\tab:N'
nd \`'\LikeRef' to be recognized.
@@ -7658,13 +6835,8 @@
Tabbing enironments can't be nested (latex 181).
-
Can we get rid of the following pictoral part by using ConfigureEnv?
-
-
-
-
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\tabbing
\pend:def\:tempc{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
@@ -7680,12 +6852,6 @@
\HLet\endtabbing|=\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
The lengths of the fields are recorded in \''\locs:tab',
send into xref with tag \`'\tab:N', and loaded into
\''\ln:tag' for use.
@@ -7693,7 +6859,6 @@
\<tabbing tag\><<<
|<auto tag|>tb\tab:N >>>
-
\SubSection{Fields}
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
@@ -7729,7 +6894,6 @@
\SubSection{Start of Line}
-
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
\def\:temp{%
\TRD:tab \gdef\loc:tab{\z@}%
@@ -7744,7 +6908,6 @@
\HLet\@startline|=\:temp
>>>
-
The \''\x:tab' is needed for an extra field at the start
when tabs start in middle of line (due to \''\+').
@@ -7755,11 +6918,9 @@
\fi
>>>
-
The \'+\'+ command is ignored here, and the content is pushed to the
next field.
-
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
\def\:temp{%
\@stopfield
@@ -7778,8 +6939,6 @@
\x:tab \D:tab
>>>
-
-
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
\def\:temp{%
\@stopfield |<paused addfield|>%
@@ -7797,8 +6956,6 @@
\HLet\poptabs|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{End of Line}
Last field width is important if its field is shifted right (with \''\`'
@@ -7843,17 +7000,13 @@
\xdef\locs:tab{\locs:tab\space 0 }%
>>>
-
-
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
\def\pt:int#1{\expandafter\pt:nt\the#1//}
\def\pt:nt#1.#2//{#1}
>>>
-
\SubSection{Flush Right with {\tt\char92}`}
-
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
\let\y:tab=\empty
\let\:tempc|=\@tabrj
@@ -7865,7 +7018,6 @@
\HLet\@tabrj=\:tempc
>>>
-
\SubSection{The Html Commands}
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
@@ -7875,8 +7027,6 @@
\def\rt:tab{\d:tabalgn\b:tabalgn}
>>>
-
-
\<TABLE tabbing\><<<
\def\gt:tab{%
\afterassignment\gt:tb \tmp:cnt=\ln:tab \space 0//}
@@ -7884,8 +7034,6 @@
\edef\TabWidth{\ifnum \tmp:cnt> 0 \the\tmp:cnt\fi }}
>>>
-
-
\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
\def\:tblgn{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\:tbln
\else \expandafter\c:tblgn \fi}
@@ -7905,43 +7053,21 @@
\d:def\d:tabalgn{}
>>>
-
-
-
-
HANDLE the above Configure.
-
-
\<TABLE tabbing Config util\><<<
\let\E:tabalign|=\empty
\def\c:tabbing:{\def\:tempa{tabbing}\futurelet\:temp\:tblgn}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-The \''\hfil\break' to force likne breaks in TeX. Lines taht
+The \''\hfil\break' to force line breaks in TeX. Lines taht
are too long might push pictures outside the boundaries where
dvips/convert may be set to process them.
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Tabular and Array Environments}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Array, Tabular}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -7953,7 +7079,6 @@
The \`'\array' and \`'\tabular' environments are both defined in
terms of \''\@array',
-
\<latex lttab\><<<
\:CheckOption{no-array}\if:Option \else
|<shared html latex array/tabular|>
@@ -7964,14 +7089,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<colortbl.sty shared configNO\><<<
\:CheckOption{no-array}\if:Option \else
\def\HColWidth{\csname @testpach \HCol\endcsname}
-
>>>
Unless a substitution for html array/tabular is provided,
@@ -7983,18 +7106,12 @@
|<pic tabular|>
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<config latex.ltx utilities\><<<
\:CheckOption{no-array}\if:Option \else
|<html latex array/tabular Config util|>
\fi
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Non-Pictorial Core}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -8046,10 +7163,8 @@
}
>>>
-
% \@arrayparboxrestore
-
\<latex: show paragraphs in array par box\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\@@startpbox
\append:defI\:tempc{\everypar{\HtmlPar}\a:arrayparbox}%
@@ -8060,7 +7175,6 @@
\NewConfigure{arrayparbox}{1}
>>>
-
\<html private array/tabular\><<<
\def\:tempc{\relax
\ifx \HCol\:UnDef \else \ifnum\HCol=1 \a:endarray\fi \fi
@@ -8085,18 +7199,10 @@
\NewConfigure{endarray}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Pic Array/Tabular}
The checking of options needs to be at the end.
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{ialign}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -8106,14 +7212,10 @@
{\@arstrut \@preamble \tabskip\z at skip}%
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Testpach}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<html private array/tabular\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\@chclass \ifnum \@lastchclass=\tw@ 4 \else
\ifnum \@lastchclass=3 5
@@ -8143,8 +7245,6 @@
\expandafter\let \csname @testpach \ar:cnt\endcsname\@nextchar
>>>
-
-
% \<html private array/tabular\><<<
\<shared html latex array/tabular\><<<
@@ -8169,22 +7269,16 @@
\aftergroup\:tempa
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<record alignment type\><<<
\def\ch:class{#1}%
>>>
-
\<access col alignment\><<<
\def\HColAlign{\expandafter \ifx\csname
\expandafter\string\ch:class :T:D\endcsname\relax \else \csname
\expandafter\string\ch:class :T:D\endcsname\fi}
>>>
-
%\<latex utilities\><<<
%\let\HAlign|=\empty
%>>>
@@ -8193,7 +7287,6 @@
\SubSection{Multicolumn}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<html private array/tabular\><<<
\long\def\:temp#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}\a:multicolumn \begingroup
|<add Row.Col<-> to new:span|>%
@@ -8213,8 +7306,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
We could have inserted automatic \''<PRE>...</PRE>' around tabular,
but this may unintentionally cause nested PRE environments. The user
may also do it with comamnds of the form:
@@ -8222,8 +7313,6 @@
\let\oldtabular=\tabular
\def\tabular{\HCode{<PRE>}\aftergroup \endPRE\oldtabular}'.
-
-
It is in particular
problematic for leading lines of some, but not all, kinds.
@@ -8231,7 +7320,6 @@
\SubSection{Configuration}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<@array configuration for MkHalign\><<<
\ifx \recall:ar\:UnDef
\pend:def\@array{\recall:ar}%
@@ -8258,9 +7346,6 @@
{\ifProperTr{\@array:f}}
>>>
-
-
-
\<latex lttab\><<<
\def\ignoreEndTr{\expandafter
\ifx \csname :AfterHline\endcsname\relax\else
@@ -8284,8 +7369,6 @@
\NewConfigure{putHBorder}{1}
>>>
-
-
\<shared html latex array/tabular\><<<
\def\:temp{|<set hooks of array|>\o:array:}
\HLet\array|=\:temp
@@ -8318,17 +7401,9 @@
\let\@array:e|=\e:tabular \let\@array:f|=\f:tabular
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
The \`'\@tabular' above to capture both \`'\begin{tabular}'
and \`'\begin{tabular*}'.
-
\<html latex array/tabular Config util\><<<
\NewConfigure{array}{6}
\NewConfigure{tabular}{6}
@@ -8341,10 +7416,8 @@
|<configuring @()|>
>>>
-
\`'\@nextchar' holds the contents of \`'@{...}'
-
\<configuring @()\><<<
\def\:temp{\@addtopreamble{\@nextchar
\csname a:@{}\endcsname}} \HLet\@tabclassiv|=\:temp
@@ -8354,7 +7427,6 @@
\Configure{@{}}{}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Border Lines and Alignments}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -8369,26 +7441,10 @@
\let\HAlign|=\empty
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{supertabular.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<supertabular.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% supertabular.4ht |version %
@@ -8399,7 +7455,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{supertabular}
-
\<supertabular code\><<<
\long\def\tablelasttail#1{%
\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty
@@ -8436,14 +7491,12 @@
\def\ST at caption{\gHAdvance\TitleCount by 1 \o:ST at caption:}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{array.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Good sample: tabsatz.tex
-
\<array.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% array.4ht |version %
@@ -8457,13 +7510,10 @@
\Link[file://localhost/n/candy/0/tex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/array.sty]{}{}%
array.sty\EndLink
-
\<array hooks\><<<
|<html private array/tabular array.sty|>
>>>
-
-
In array.sty we have
\Verbatim
@@ -8486,10 +7536,6 @@
\pend:def\@tabular{|<set hooks of tabular|>}
>>>
-
-
-
-
The \`'\array' and \`'\tabular' environments are both defined in
terms of \''\@array',
@@ -8498,12 +7544,6 @@
The checking of options needs to be at the end.
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<html private array/tabular array.sty\><<<
\def\:temp[#1]#2{%
|<init conds for @mkpream|>%
@@ -8534,8 +7574,6 @@
|<array.hooks: show paragraphs in array par box|>
>>>
-
-
\<array.hooks: show paragraphs in array par box\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\@startpbox
\append:defI\:tempc{\expandafter\everypar
@@ -8543,7 +7581,6 @@
\HLet\@startpbox|=\:tempc
>>>
-
\<modefied @array config\><<<
\Configure{MkHalign}%
{\@array:a}%
@@ -8555,10 +7592,6 @@
{\ifProperTr{\@array:f}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\''\endarray' has two defs in array.sty. Where the first one is
in use (it is ignored here).
@@ -8577,10 +7610,6 @@
We can't put \''\endarray' in \''\endtabular' directly, because
both change dynamically.
-
-
-
-
\<html private array/tabular array.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\@classx
\@tempcnta \count@
@@ -8605,7 +7634,6 @@
It is problematic for pictorial inline math, when introduced
before \Verb+\end{tabular}+. See the following example under dblatex.
-
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{array}
@@ -8617,17 +7645,14 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Options}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
The alignments, and whether borders are to be employed,
are decided from the \`'(|c|@{...}l|r|...)' like parameter.
A border is set if the parameter request a drawing of a line.
-
\<html private array/tabular array.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\@chclass
\ifnum \@lastchclass=6 \@ne \@chnum \@ne \else
@@ -8659,8 +7684,6 @@
\HLet\@testpach|=\:tempc
>>>
-
-
Note that in latex \''\VBorder' and the internals of \''\add:ar' are defined
as locals and not globals. Make sure that we have no problems with the
new way. Don't globalize ar:cnt!!!!
@@ -8676,9 +7699,6 @@
|<access col alignment|>
>>>
-
-
-
\<html private array/tabular array.sty\><<<
\long\def\:temp#1#2#3{%
\multispan{#1}\a:multicolumn \begingroup
@@ -8696,16 +7716,10 @@
\HLet\multicolumn|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
\<shared html latex array/tabular\><<<
\NewConfigure{multicolumn}{4}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Options 8 and 9}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -8719,24 +7733,20 @@
\NewConfigure{array<}{2}
>>>
-
\<open lt/gt array opt\><<<
\csname a:array\ifnum\@lastchclass=9
>\else <\fi \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname
>>>
-
\<close lt/gt array opt\><<<
\csname b:array\ifnum\@lastchclass=9
>\else <\fi\endcsname
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dcolumn}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<dcolumn.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% dcolumn.4ht |version %
@@ -8747,7 +7757,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{dcolumn}
-
\<dcolumn hooks\><<<
\pend:defIII\DC at centre{\def\Dpoint{##2}\a:dcolumn}
\append:def\DC at endcentre{\b:dcolumn}
@@ -8756,13 +7765,10 @@
\NewConfigure{dcolumn}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{longtable.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<longtable.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% longtable.4ht |version %
@@ -8775,12 +7781,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{longtable}
-
\Link[file://localhost/n/candy/0/tex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty]{}{}%
longtable.sty\EndLink{ \tt|}
\Link[http://www.fi.infn.it/pub/tex/doc/html/latex.html]{}{}latex\EndLink
-
\<longtable code\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
|<tags for captions, empty|>%
@@ -8839,7 +7843,6 @@
\HLet\LT at array\:tempc
>>>
-
\<longtable page breaks\><<<
\let\newpage\empty
\let\pagebreak\empty
@@ -8852,7 +7855,6 @@
\def\noexpand\ar:cnt{\ar:cnt}}\aftergroup\:temp
>>>
-
\<globalize ar:cnt for array.sty\><<<
\xdef\:temp{%
\def\noexpand\HAlign{\HAlign}%
@@ -8876,8 +7878,6 @@
\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \EndMkHalign\else \egroup\fi
>>>
-
-
\<longtable code\><<<
\let\:tempc\LT at startpbox
\append:defI\:tempc{\everypar{\HtmlPar}\a:longtableparbox}%
@@ -8885,13 +7885,10 @@
\NewConfigure{longtableparbox}{1}
>>>
-
\<longtable code\><<<
\NewConfigure{longtable}{6}
>>>
-
-
\<ialign for html longtable\><<<
\everycr{}\tabskip\LTleft\noexpand\MkHalign\noexpand\@sharp
{\tabskip\z@ \@arstrut \@preamble \tabskip\LTright}%
@@ -8918,7 +7915,6 @@
{\ifProperTr{\f:longtable}}
>>>
-
\<init conds for longtable\><<<
|<init conds for @mkpream|>%
\def\aa:longtable{%
@@ -8933,7 +7929,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
\<longtable code\><<<
\csname newbox\endcsname\LT:box
\csname newbox\endcsname\LT:ebox
@@ -8953,7 +7948,6 @@
\HLet\endlongtable\:tempc
>>>
-
\<longtable code\><<<
\let\:tempc\LT at ntabularcr
\pend:def\:tempc{\global\let\lt:sv|=\HRow}
@@ -8990,7 +7984,6 @@
\HLet\endlastfoot\:tempc
>>>
-
\<longtable hline\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
@@ -9012,7 +8005,6 @@
\HLet\LT@@hline\:tempc
>>>
-
\<put longtable hline\><<<
\a:hline
>>>
@@ -9029,14 +8021,10 @@
\HLet\LT at makecaption\:tempc
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{table.sty of pctex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<pctable.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% pctable.4ht |version %
@@ -9056,7 +8044,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{pctable}
-
Didn't implement vertical lines. Default: html tables; can switch
to pictorial tables by rasing the \`'pic-table' switch.
@@ -9155,9 +8142,6 @@
\let\:multspn|=\empty
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Horizontal Lines}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -9168,15 +8152,12 @@
\SubSection{hline}
-
\<html latex halign\><<<
\def\:temp{\a:hline}
\HLet\hline|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{hline}[1]{\c:def\a:hline{#1}}
>>>
-
-
\<hline body for array/tabular\><<<
\append:def\hline:s{\a:HBorder}%
\def\:tempb{\ifnum \tmp:cnt<\ar:cnt
@@ -9191,23 +8172,14 @@
\global\let\hline:s|=\empty
>>>
-
\SubSection{V Spaces}
-
-
-
\<html latex halign\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\tmp:dim|=#1\xdef\HBorderspace{\the\tmp:dim}\cr\a:vspc}
\HLet\@xargarraycr|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{//[]}[1]{\c:def\a:vspc{#1}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<init for vspaces\><<<
\global\let\vspc:s|=\empty
>>>
@@ -9247,7 +8219,6 @@
but not when array.sty is out. Why? xcline got introduced to detect
those appearences to be cleaned by xtpipes.
-
\<init for clines\><<<
\global\let\cline:s|=\empty
\HAssign\:tempb=0 \init:clines \global\let\cline:s|=\cline:s
@@ -9263,11 +8234,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<cond eliminate pre cline tr\><<<
\gHAdvance\cline:cnt by 1
\expandafter\ifx \csname cw:cline-\cline:cnt\endcsname \relax \else
@@ -9286,9 +8252,6 @@
\global \omit:false
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Configurations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -9333,8 +8296,6 @@
\Section{Tabulary}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<tabulary.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% tabulary.4ht |version %
@@ -9344,9 +8305,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{tabulary}
-
-
-
\<tabulary-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% tabulary-a.4ht |version %
@@ -9413,13 +8371,10 @@
\HLet\@testpach\:tempc
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tabularx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<tabularx.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% tabularx.4ht |version %
@@ -9429,16 +8384,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{tabularx}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mdwtab}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<mdwtab.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mdwtab.4ht |version %
@@ -9449,7 +8398,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{mdwtab}
-
\<mdwtab config\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
|<init conds for @mkpream|>%
@@ -9503,7 +8451,6 @@
\HLet\@array\:tempc
>>>
-
\<mdwtab config\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
\@ifundefined{\tab at colset!col.\string#1}{%
@@ -9525,9 +8472,6 @@
|<alignment utilities for VBorder|>%
>>>
-
-
-
\<mdwtab config\><<<
\def\:tempc{\relax
\ifx \HCol\:UnDef \else \ifnum\HCol=1 \a:endarray\fi \fi
@@ -9556,7 +8500,6 @@
\NewConfigure{tabular*}{6}
>>>
-
\<mdwtab config\><<<
\pend:def\smarray{%
\let\@array:a\a:smarray \let\@array:b\b:smarray
@@ -9567,10 +8510,6 @@
\NewConfigure{smarray}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{multirow}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -9601,20 +8540,15 @@
\NewConfigure{multirow}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Pictures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx]{}{}ltpictur.dtx\EndLink
-
-
The \`'\picture' does not offer text substitute (too much pain to
create them). Also note that \`'\Picture+{}' puts the picture in a box, but not so \`'\Picture+[]{}'
-
DON't we need in the following \''\LaTexEnv'
\<latex ltpictur\><<<
@@ -9628,7 +8562,6 @@
\fi\lt:pic}
>>>
-
Picture environments, and other also, can be indirectly nested in
setbox comamnds. Hence the setting of \''\EndPicture' to empty
for nested occurances of \''\endpicture'.
@@ -9637,22 +8570,14 @@
\NewConfigure{picture}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%\ConfigureEnv{picture}
% {\ifvmode \Indent\HCode{<div align=center>}%
% \def\aft:Env{\HCode{</div>}\Indent}%
% \else \def\aft:Env{}\fi}
% {\aft:Env}{}{}
-
-
-
-
% \ConfigureEnv{picture}{\leavevmode}{\HCode{<BR CLEAR="ALL">}\Indent}{}{}
-
The BR tag is used to force line breaks within text.
Normally, linebreaks are treated as a space by browsers
(except inside the PRE tag). The optional CLEAR
@@ -9666,16 +8591,6 @@
both marings are clear. CLEAR=NONE is the default,
and does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Theorem Environments}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -9686,8 +8601,6 @@
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltthm.dtx]{}{}ltthm.dtx\EndLink
-
-
In latex.cls \''\@thm' is defined with two arguments, and in
amsthm.sty with three parameters. In both cases we have a
\''\@currentlabel' defined through a \''refstepcounter', and
@@ -9695,7 +8608,6 @@
of the theorem, into the xref file (and then the href fields
of the html tags). The following code corrects that behavior.
-
\<latex ltthm\><<<
\def\:thm{\o:@thm:}
\def\:temp{|<seed begin theorem|>\:thm}
@@ -9705,8 +8617,6 @@
\NewConfigure{newtheorem}{3}
>>>
-
-
\<seed begin theorem\><<<
\let\sv:item|=\item
\def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item|=\sv:item
@@ -9725,8 +8635,6 @@
\Section{ntheorem.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<theorem.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% theorem.4ht |version %
@@ -9747,13 +8655,10 @@
}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ntheorem.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<ntheorem.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ntheorem.4ht |version %
@@ -9765,10 +8670,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{ntheorem}
-
-
-
-
\Link[http://www.informatik.uni-freiburg.de/\string
~may/Ntheorem/ntheorem.html]{}{}%
ntheorem\EndLink
@@ -9778,17 +8679,12 @@
\expandafter\HLet \csname endeqnarray*\endcsname\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<ntheorem.sty\><<<
\if at thmmarks
\pend:defI\@endtrivlist{|<prepend end trivlist|>}
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<ntheorem.styNO\><<<
\def\:temp{%
\gdef\snd:halign{\t:eqnar
@@ -9827,21 +8723,10 @@
\def\next:col{\gHAdvance\HCol |by 1 }
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Sectioning Commands}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\Section{Cut Points}
%
@@ -9863,9 +8748,6 @@
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection}
>>>
-
-
-
\<latex html cut points\><<<
\def\cut:gr#1{\lk:#1like|<par del|>%
\ifx \:temp\empty \expand:after{%
@@ -9897,16 +8779,8 @@
\def\after:gobble#1#2{#1}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Shared Below Chapter Stuff}
-
Sectioning commands can be called directly through their default
definitions, or indirectly throught \''\rdef:sec'.
@@ -9918,7 +8792,6 @@
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltsect.dtx]{}{}ltsect.dtx\EndLink
-
\<\><<<
\let\no:ssect|=\@ssect
\def#1#2#3{\no:ssect{#1}{#2}{0ex}}
@@ -9945,7 +8818,6 @@
building-blocks of tex4ht.sty. The \''section-' option resestablish
the default setting.
-
\<latex ltsect\><<<
\NewConfigure{@sec @ssect}[1]{%
\def\rdef:sec##1{#1\csname no@##1\endcsname}}
@@ -9961,7 +8833,6 @@
The following is need for \''\@seccntformat'.
-
\<disable @seccntformat\><<<
\ifx \o:@seccntformat:\:UnDef
\let\o:@seccntformat:|=\@seccntformat
@@ -9969,12 +8840,10 @@
\let\@seccntformat|=\:gobble
>>>
-
\<restore @seccntformat\><<<
\let\@seccntformat=\o:@seccntformat:
>>>
-
% <P \:P:>
% \let\no:Sect|=\@sect
@@ -9994,8 +8863,6 @@
In the above we want \`'[{##7}]' instead of \`'[##7]', in case `]' is
included in the parameter.
-
-
The following is for the star option.
\<redf ssec\><<<
@@ -10008,8 +8875,6 @@
\HtmlEnv \csname :like#1\endcsname{##5}}%
>>>
-
-
\<sv Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\sv:Sc|=\:Sc \let\sv:sect|=\@sect \let\sv:ssect|=\@ssect
>>>
@@ -10018,8 +8883,6 @@
\let\:Sc|=\sv:Sc \let\@sect|=\sv:sect \let\@ssect|=\sv:ssect
>>>
-
-
\<latex ltsect\><<<
\pend:defI\@hangfrom{\a:@hangfrom}
\append:defI\@hangfrom{\b:@hangfrom}
@@ -10030,7 +8893,6 @@
\SubSection{Configuration for `section-' option}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<latex ltsect\><<<
\long\def\ConfigureSec#1#2#3#4#5{%
\expandafter\def\csname #1:Sc1\endcsname{#2}%
@@ -10046,8 +8908,6 @@
\csname \sec:typ :Sc#1\endcsname}
>>>
-
-
\<latex.ltx latex edit+ commands\><<<
\def\:Sc#1{%
\ifx \sec:typ\:UnDef
@@ -10060,8 +8920,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<latex.ltx latex edit commands\><<<
\def\:Sc#1{%
\ifx \sec:typ\:UnDef
@@ -10075,18 +8933,12 @@
}
>>>
-
%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
\Section{Cut Points}
The following is for equating starred and non-starred (i.e., like) sectioning commands.
-
\<latex html cut points\><<<
\let\tex:cutat\:CutAt
\def\:CutAt#1#2,#3//{%
@@ -10097,17 +8949,6 @@
\def\del:like#1like{#1}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Footnotes, Floats, and Figures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -10116,19 +8957,10 @@
\Section{Floats, Inserts, and Captions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx]{}{}ltfloat.dtx\EndLink
-
% \pend:def\caption{\html:addr \edef\cur:th{\last:haddr f}}
-
-
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{%
\def \@captype {#1}%
@@ -10150,7 +8982,6 @@
Need to fix also double float
-
% Floats put the content of figures within vboxes. Setting parameter
% \`'[h]' for here, make things worse (why?). Does \`'\vsize=\z@ \vss'
% do any good? it should! The HCodes should be within the boxes so
@@ -10184,10 +9015,6 @@
% box is a \''\vbox', we cut the hight by two.
%
-
-
-
-
\`'#1' before anchors, \`'#2' after anchors, \`'#3' after float.
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
@@ -10201,14 +9028,12 @@
The initialization of the counter is for degenerated cases in
which the captions don't appear within floats. Does this work?
-
The anchors of the links are within the frames of the pictures, only if
they are empty (or the default frame of horizontal lines before and
after the picture are used \`' \def\:tempa{\HCode{<HR>}}\def\:tempb{#1}%
\ifx \:tempa\:tempb \else
').
-
The following has been changed for getting links in \`'.aux' files to
\`'.lot' (list of tables) and \`'lof' (list of figures) files.
@@ -10226,7 +9051,6 @@
the \''\label' commands to avoid duplicating the anchor already set by the
\''\caption' command.
-
\<config book-report-article utilities\><<<
|<book-report-article caption|>
\pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor}
@@ -10236,7 +9060,6 @@
|<config makecaption|>
>>>
-
\<config makecaption\><<<
\NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}%
\c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}}
@@ -10244,9 +9067,6 @@
{\cptA: |<caption and ref/tag|>\cptB:}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}
>>>
-
-
-
\<write caption to toc\><<<
\begingroup
\gHAdvance\TitleCount by 1
@@ -10266,13 +9086,10 @@
#1\else\csname ext@#1\endcsname\fi
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Tags for Figures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<caption and ref/tag\><<<
\cap:ref{#1}%
>>>
@@ -10297,8 +9114,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<tags for captions\><<<
\gHAdvance\float:cnt |by 1
\gHAssign\capt:cnt|=0
@@ -10311,7 +9126,6 @@
\hbox{\def\flt:anchor{}\get:cptg}%
>>>
-
The hbox to preserve vertical mode, and for avoiding extra \''<P>''s.
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
@@ -10323,7 +9137,6 @@
}{}}
>>>
-
\<html tex floats\><<<
\let\:ins|=\@ins
\let\:endinsert|=\endinsert
@@ -10337,9 +9150,6 @@
\NewConfigure{insert}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Wrapfig}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -10354,7 +9164,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{wrapfig}
-
\<wrap fig\><<<
\def\WF at wr[#1]#2{%
\lowercase{\def\WFplace{#2}}%
@@ -10368,18 +9177,14 @@
\NewConfigure{wrapfloat}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Footnotes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Thanks}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\stepcounter{footnote}%
\ifx \footnote\thanks
@@ -10394,12 +9199,6 @@
\NewConfigure{thanks}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{LaTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -10422,8 +9221,6 @@
}\c:@makefntext...}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
\pend:def\@footnotemark{\bgroup
\expandafter\ifx \csname @makefnmark\endcsname\relax \else
@@ -10436,7 +9233,6 @@
\NewConfigure{footnotebody}{2}
>>>
-
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\leavevmode
\vbox{%\IgnorePar
@@ -10464,14 +9260,11 @@
\anc:lbl f{footnote}%
>>>
-
-
The following arises in cases like \`'
\begin{minipage}{6in}
x\footnote{The}
\end{minipage}'.
-
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
\long\def\@mpfootnotetext#1{\leavevmode
\vbox{%
@@ -10484,7 +9277,6 @@
\ht:special{t4ht@[}}\ht:special{t4ht@]}}
>>>
-
\<makefntext for mpfootnotetext\><<<
\def\:tempc##1{|<mpfootnote label|>\a:footnotetext
\o:@makefntext:{\b:footnotetext \csname a:footnotebody\endcsname
@@ -10499,9 +9291,6 @@
\anc:lbl f{footnote}%
>>>
-
-
-
The following assign the counter into \''\FNnum'.
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
@@ -10604,24 +9393,12 @@
\NewConfigure{vfootnote}{3}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
AmS-TeX needs to restore footnote
-
-
\<html TeX4ht local env\><<<
\HLet\footnote|=\vfootnote
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Superscripts}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -10632,7 +9409,6 @@
where the exponent is too early to be an
active character.
-
\<latex ltfloat\><<<
\def\:temp#1{%
{\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
@@ -10658,15 +9434,10 @@
\Section{subfigure.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
Defines a command \`'\externaldocument' for importing exterla aux
files from foreugn sources. Should be called after \''\Preamble', and
before \''\begin{document}'.
-
-
\<subfigure.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% subfigure.4ht |version %
@@ -10693,7 +9464,6 @@
\HLet\@subcaption=\:tempc
>>>
-
\<2002 subfigure????\><<<
\def\:tempc{\gHAdvance\TitleCount 1 \o:@subcaption:}
\HLet\@subcaption=\:tempc
@@ -10723,9 +9493,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
\<pre 2002 subfigure\><<<
\def\:tempc#1[#2]#3{\a:subfigure
\o:@subfloat:{#1}[#2]{\cur:lbl{}#3}\b:subfigure}
@@ -10752,7 +9519,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<fix subfigure\><<<
\NewConfigure{subfigure}{2}
\def\:tempc#1#2{\o:@makesubfigurecaption:{%
@@ -10778,7 +9544,6 @@
which failed on
-
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{makeidx}
@@ -10800,15 +9565,10 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{caption.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<caption.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% caption.4ht |version %
@@ -10819,7 +9579,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{caption}
-
\<caption shared config\><<<
\let\sv:toclof\toclof
\def\toclof#1#2#3{%
@@ -10851,24 +9610,16 @@
}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Index and Glossary}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltidxglo.dtx]{}{}ltidxglo.dtx\EndLink
-
-
-
The index part is defined in latex.ltx, loaded by \''\makeindex', and
can be overridden elsewhwere (e.g., in index.sty). The case is
similar for make glossary.
-
-
\<control @\><<<
\def\#{\string\#}%
>>>
@@ -10877,8 +9628,6 @@
in immediate environment has the meaning of \''\#' and in regular envirionment
the meaning of \''\chat`\#'.
-
-
\<latex ltidxglo\><<<
\NewConfigure{wrindex}[1]{\concat:config\a:wrindex{#1}}
\let\a:wrindex\empty
@@ -10906,8 +9655,6 @@
\Configure{idxmake}{\beforeentry}
>>>
-
-
Without the \''\hbox' we have sometimes a problem. Why?
% \<latex ltidxglo\><<<
@@ -10915,7 +9662,6 @@
% \append:defI\@index{\egroup}
% >>>
-
The index command expandas to
\Verb+\begingroup \@sanitize \@wrindex+
and changes catcodes within \Verb+\@sanitize+. The \Verb+\:wrindex+
@@ -10948,25 +9694,20 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{theindex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Verbatim
latex foo
makeindex -o foo.ind testindex.idx
latex foo
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<config book-report-article utilities\><<<
|<book-report-article idx|>
>>>
-
\<book-report-article idx\><<<
\long\def\c:theindex:#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
\def\theindex{%
@@ -10991,8 +9732,6 @@
\fi\fi \fi \fi
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<theindex warning\><<<
\def\warn:idx#1{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname #1warn:idx\endcsname\relax
@@ -11014,7 +9753,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
\<index 4.1beta warning\><<<
\def\warn:idx#1{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname #1warn:idx\endcsname\relax
@@ -11056,7 +9794,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
\<theindex warning\><<<
\ifOption{info}{\Log:Note{
A script of the form
@@ -11068,8 +9805,6 @@
^^Jto get the index correctly into the output.}}{}
>>>
-
-
\<doc warning\><<<
\def\warn:idx#1{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname #1warn:idx\endcsname\relax
@@ -11088,13 +9823,10 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{makeidx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<makeidx.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% makeidx.4ht |version %
@@ -11107,15 +9839,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{makeidx}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{splitidx.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<splitidx.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% splitidx.4ht |version %
@@ -11157,12 +9884,10 @@
\Section{External Processing of Index File (idxmake.4ht)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Shared}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<theindex warning\><<<
\def\ind:defs{\let\LNKidx\empty
\def\LNK##1##2##3##4{\ifx\NewConfigure\:UnDef\else
@@ -11181,7 +9906,6 @@
A `=' in \'+\let\LNKidx=+ is harmful.
-
\<open 4dx output files\><<<
\newwrite\idx
\newwrite\indexes
@@ -11191,13 +9915,11 @@
\immediate\openout\indexes=\expandafter\MakefileIndexes\filename\relax
>>>
-
\<close 4dx output files\><<<
\immediate\closeout\idx
\immediate\closeout\indexes
>>>
-
\<idxmake.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% idxmake.4ht |version %
@@ -11239,16 +9961,10 @@
\endinput
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Reverse Index}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<reverse index\><<<
\newcount\GetentriesN
\GetentriesN=0
@@ -11287,14 +10003,12 @@
#1|<alt ind nun|>\string\comNum}{#2}}%
>>>
-
\<yes see entry\><<<
\immediate\write\idx{\indexentry\the\split{%
{\Ganchor}%
\preSee\string\gobble||see{\isSee}}{#2}}%
>>>
-
We want two references to the index numbers like in
\`'\indexentry{\indNum{0006}...\indNum{0006}\comNum}{1}' because the \`'\item
\indNum{0006}...\indNum{0006}\comNum' sometimes appear as
@@ -11305,16 +10019,10 @@
\string\indNum{\Ganchor}%
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Regular Index}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
\<regular index\><<<
\newcount\entryNum
|<split index|>
@@ -11346,8 +10054,6 @@
\the\entryNum
>>>
-
-
% \ifx\chapter\:UnDef \expandafter\section
% \else \expandafter\chapter \fi *{\indexname}
% \idx:item
@@ -11355,7 +10061,6 @@
The \''\hasBar' probably removes the need for treating \''\see' and
\''\seealso' macros.
-
\<non-regular index\><<<
\see#1||see||see|<par del|>%
\ifx \isSee\empty
@@ -11407,11 +10112,6 @@
\SubSection{????}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
Tables in two columns.
\Verbatim
@@ -11427,31 +10127,21 @@
\def\idx:sub{\ \HCode{</TD><TD CLASS="theindexsub">}}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
-
Redifine \''\index' and \''\glossary' to add the \`'\beforeentry{file
name}{tag}' before each \''\indexentry' and each \''\glossaryentry',
with default definition for \''\beforeentry' to eat its fields and do
nothing.
-
-
In addition, The command inserts a tag at the file. To get a
pointer to the file, all we need to insert te redefinition
\`'\def\beforeentry#1#2#3#4{#3{\Link[#1]{#2}{}#4\EndLink}}' which puts
the link on the page number (for whatever the page number is good, or
replaces it with another mark).
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{/LoadLabels for imports}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<html latex coauthor\><<<
\def\LoadLabels{\@ifnextchar[{\LD:lbls}{\LD:lbls[]}}
\def\LD:lbls[#1]#2{%
@@ -11474,8 +10164,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<html latex coauthor\><<<
\def\RefLabel#1#2{{%
\Configure{XrefFile}{#1}%
@@ -11485,7 +10173,6 @@
The above doesn't work always. Try
-
*** filea.tex ***
\Verbatim
@@ -11510,16 +10197,10 @@
\section{b...b} \label{x} \end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Glossaries}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<glossaries.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% glossaries.4ht |version %
@@ -11553,16 +10234,10 @@
\HLet\@gls at removespaces\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Glossary}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<glossary.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% glossary.4ht |version %
@@ -11578,7 +10253,6 @@
\def\glossref#1#2{\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink}
>>>
-
The above are problematic when spaces are present.
\Verbatim
@@ -11597,16 +10271,12 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<config glossary\><<<
\Configure{@begin}{theglossary}{\ind:defs}
|<theglossary warning|>
\warn:gls{\jobname}
>>>
-
-
\<theglossary warning\><<<
\def\warn:gls#1{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname #1warn:glo\endcsname\relax
@@ -11628,7 +10298,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
\<config glossary\><<<
\def\gloskip{\expandafter\ifx\csname gloskip:\gls at style\endcsname\relax
\indexspace \else \csname gloskip:\gls at style\endcsname\fi}
@@ -11643,12 +10312,8 @@
\Section{LaTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltbibl.dtx]{}{}ltbibl.dtx\EndLink
-
-
\`'\Link' must follow \`'\o:bibitem:'; otherwise it will insert stuff before an \`'\item'.
\<latex ltbibl\><<<
@@ -11681,7 +10346,6 @@
\catcode`\:=11
>>>
-
\<a cite\><<<
\csname a:cite\endcsname
>>>
@@ -11702,10 +10366,8 @@
\SUBOff \SUPOff
>>>
-
Was \''\x:SUBOff \x:SUPOff'--any problems?
-
Had to remove \''\hbox' from \`'{\cIteLink {X\@citeb}{}\csname
b@\@citeb\endcsname\EndcIteLink}' because it created
@@ -11718,8 +10380,6 @@
\Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}
>>>
-
-
\<latex ltbibl\><<<
\:CheckOption{bibtex2} \if:Option
\expandafter\def\csname bibliography2\endcsname{\csname
@@ -11792,8 +10452,6 @@
\Configure{bibliographystyle2}{}
>>>
-
-
\<create aux j\><<<
\def\j:aux{%
\bgroup
@@ -11818,7 +10476,6 @@
\j:aux \@dofilelist}}
>>>
-
\<bib2 warning\><<<
\:CheckOption{bibtex2} \if:Option
\Log:Note{Option `bibtex2' requires
@@ -11831,7 +10488,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
%\def\bibitem{\@ifnextchar[\@lbibitem\@bibitem}
%\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[\@biblabel{#1}\hfill]\if at filesw
% {\let\protect\noexpand
@@ -11866,9 +10522,6 @@
Old versions of latex don't have \`'\@openbib at code' (article 1995/06/26 v1.3g).
-
-
-
\<listing of bib\><<<
\def\setb:anc#1{\let\sv:anc|=\AnchorLabel
\def\bib:anc{\def\bib:anc{#1}\ifx \bib:anc\empty \else
@@ -11879,10 +10532,8 @@
\Configure{bibanchor}{X}
>>>
-
The option \''/bib' puts the (normally long) keys in a separate lines.
-
\<config write bibcite\><<<
\let\cite:item=\item
\def\item##1\if at filesw##2\fi{\let\item\cite:item
@@ -11894,14 +10545,10 @@
\let\a:bibcite\relax
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Chicago}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<chicago.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% chicago.4ht |version %
@@ -11912,7 +10559,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{chicago}
-
\<config chicago\><<<
\catcode`\:=12
\def\@citedatax[#1]#2{%
@@ -11930,9 +10576,6 @@
\SubSection{For XML}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
%\<latex def Configure\><<<
\<latex.ltx non trace configurations\><<<
@@ -11951,41 +10594,21 @@
\global\let#1|=#1}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
The four parts indicate what should appear at the head, before
each label, after each label, and at the tail of the lists.
-
In the default setting, the lists that are not referenced through
block-environments are supposed to create no code. We made this choice
because there are many trivial lists that just create
indentation in LaTeX that is undesired in html. The outcome of such
lists would probably have been \`'<DL><DT><STRONG></STRONG><DD>.....</DL>'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Page styles and related commands}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltpage.dtx]{}{}ltpage.dtx\EndLink
-
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Fussy and Sloppy}
\<latex ltpage\><<<
@@ -12006,8 +10629,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
> >> LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1873.00085pt on input line
@@ -12083,29 +10704,12 @@
}
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
For center, flushleft, and flushright we don't want identation, so we
can't use tables for separating from above and below. Similarly is the
case for tabbing and verbatim, but they get separate treatment.
-
-
In TeX4ht, \''\begin{...}' and \''\end{...}' are redefined
to \''\SaveEverypar\begin{...}' and \''\end{...}\RecallEverypar'
so it is pointless to directly deal with paragraph breaks
@@ -12114,15 +10718,11 @@
redefine the saved environment to eliminate
paragraph breaks after the environment.
-
WE HAVE here a problem if someone goes directly, e.g., for
\''\quotation...\endquotation' instead of
\''\begin{quotation}...\end{quotation}'. On the other hand,
LaTeX doesn't mention the first case as an option.
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}
@@ -12133,9 +10733,6 @@
\begin{document}
\EndPreamble
-
-
-
\maketitle
\def\HR{\HCode{<HR>}}
@@ -12157,7 +10754,6 @@
\HR====== flushleft/flushright
-
We can stop \LaTeX\ from justifying each line to both the
left and the right margins.
\begin{flushright}
@@ -12171,8 +10767,6 @@
and a ragged right margin.
\end{flushleft}
-
-
\HR====== quote center/flushleft/flushright
\begin{quote}
@@ -12183,7 +10777,6 @@
\begin{flushright}1\\123\\12345\end{flushright}
\end{quote}
-
\HR====== quote center/flushleft/flushright par
\begin{quote}
@@ -12215,8 +10808,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{LaTeX Accents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -12258,7 +10849,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
The first argument should be an encoding:accent-number pair.
\Verbatim
@@ -12268,13 +10858,10 @@
{}{}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Output Routine}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx]{}{}ltoutput.dtx\EndLink
\SubSection{Head and Foot Lines}
@@ -12284,7 +10871,6 @@
\let\@evenhead=\empty \let\@evenfoot=\empty }
>>>
-
\<latex ltoutput\><<<
\pend:def\newpage{%
\@noskipsectrue
@@ -12304,15 +10890,12 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\Verb+\clearpage+ has a \Verb+\vtop{}+ in its body.
\<latex ltoutput\><<<
\pend:def\clearpage{\IgnorePar}
>>>
-
\<latex ltsect\><<<
\let\:xsect|=\@xsect
\def\@xsect#1{\:xsect{0ex}}
@@ -12320,12 +10903,10 @@
\let\@svsechd\empty
>>>
-
The above is needed for taking care of inserting lost paragraph breaks
at top of pages. Can't put \''\def\@noskipsecfalse{\@noskipsectrue}'; it
is a problem for titlesec.
-
The need to initialize \''\@svsechd' arises in
\Verbatim
@@ -12337,18 +10918,10 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Utilities}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{TO BE ORGANIZED}
\Section{Non-classified LaTeX************************}
@@ -12359,20 +10932,10 @@
\NewConfigure{AfterTitle}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{srcltx.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<srcltx.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% srcltx.4ht |version %
@@ -12391,7 +10954,6 @@
\let\ht:everypar\originalxxxeverypar
>>>
-
\<config srcltx\><<<
\:warning{disabling SRCOK}%
\SRCOKfalse
@@ -12413,7 +10975,6 @@
\def\src@@bibliography#1#2{\src at bibliography{#2}}
>>>
-
\<pre 2004 srcltx\><<<
\ifx \src at everypar\:UnDef \else
\let\everypar\src at everypar
@@ -12421,13 +10982,10 @@
\fi
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{emulateapj.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<emulateapj.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% emulateapj.4ht |version %
@@ -12447,9 +11005,6 @@
\c:def\b:slugcomment{#2}}
>>>
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\def\subtitle{{\a:subtitle \noindent
\a:submitted\scriptsize {\sc \@submitted}\b:submitted
@@ -12458,52 +11013,31 @@
\NewConfigure{subtitle}[2]{\c:def\a:subtitle{#1}\c:def\b:subtitle{#2}}%
>>>
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\NewConfigure{submitted}[2]{\c:def\a:submitted{#1}\c:def\b:submitted{#2}}%
>>>
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\def\title#1{{%
\subtitle \a:title\uppercase{#1}\b:title}}
\NewConfigure{title}[2]{\c:def\a:title{#1}\c:def\b:title{#2}}%
>>>
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\def\author#1{{\a:author\small\scshape#1\b:author}\make at slugcomment}
\NewConfigure{author}[2]{\c:def\a:author{#1}\c:def\b:author{#2}}%
>>>
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\def\affil#1{{\a:affil#1\b:affil}}
\NewConfigure{affil}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\def\keywords#1{{\a:keywords{\it\@keywordtext :} #1\b:keywords}}
\NewConfigure{keywords}[2]{\c:def\a:keywords{#1}\c:def\b:keywords{#2}}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\def\subjectheadings#1{{\a:subjectheadings{\it
\@keywordtext :} #1\b:subjectheadings}}
@@ -12511,16 +11045,11 @@
\c:def\b:subjectheadings{#2}}%
>>>
-
-
-
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
\let\subsecnum at size=\:gobble
\let\secnum at size=\:gobble
>>>
-
-
% renewed for catcode of ^
\<config emulateapj.clo shared\><<<
@@ -12548,16 +11077,10 @@
\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,\sp#1\!/\sb#2$}}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ifthen.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<ifthen.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ifthen.4ht |version %
@@ -12570,9 +11093,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{ifthen}
-
-
-
\<fix ifthen\><<<
\long\def\:tempc{%
\let\sv:begingroup\begingroup
@@ -12596,22 +11116,15 @@
}
>>>
-
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty]{}{}%
ifthen.sty\EndLink
Fixed for caseses like \`'\ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{abc}}}'.
-
-
-
-
-
\<non classified latex\><<<
|<early latex util|>
|<more latex math|>
-
|<latex trace configurations|>
|<latex html cut points|>
|<config latex.ltx utilities|>
@@ -12654,44 +11167,24 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
In latex, we have \`'\let\math=\(
\let\endmath=\)
\def\displaymath{\[}
\def\enddisplaymath{\]\global\@ignoretrue}'.
-
-
-
\`'\Configure {[]} {cond-before-math} {cond-after-math}
{cond-start-math} {cond-end-math}' The cond is on at least one of the parameters in the pair being non-empty.
-
\`'$$...$$' and \`'\[...\]' should have identical behavior with
respect to paragraphs.
-
-
-
-
\`'\[..\]' is for \`'$$...$$' and \`'\(...\)' is for \`'$...$'.
-
-
Tried \`'\let\B:math|=\[ \let\E:math|=\]
\let\b:math|=\( \let\e:math|=\) '
for LaTeX{}, but there were occassions
it failed me.
-
% \def\after:protect##1{}%
% \def\protect##1{\string\protect\string##1\after:protect{##1}\relax\space}%
% \let\x at protect|=\protect
@@ -12715,18 +11208,11 @@
\pend:def\protect:wrtoc{\Configure{ }{ }}
>>>
-
-
% \def\add:protect#1{\append:defI\after:protect{\check:protect{#1}{##1}}}
% \def\check:protect#1#2{\ifx #1#2\expandafter\gobble:space\fi}
% \def\gobble:space#1\space{}
%
-
-
-
-
-
The following allows pushing the math mode into the cells,
instead of being placed on top of the tabular environment (tabular
has a \`'$' outside the environment--for compatibility with the
@@ -12742,7 +11228,6 @@
\catcode`\:=11
-
\def\fff#1{\immediate
\write16{....[#1]..........\the\everymath}%
% \write16{....[#1]..........\meaning\a:mth}%
@@ -12763,7 +11248,6 @@
\end{tabular}
\end{tabular}
-
$
\begin{array}{l}
$C$
@@ -12773,22 +11257,14 @@
\end{array}
$
-
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
\<fix for tabular\><<<
\def\:@tabular:{\expandafter\everymath
\expandafter{\expandafter \everymath \expandafter{\the\everymath}}}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<latex.ltx\><<<
@@ -12801,11 +11277,6 @@
Do we also want \''\add at accent' redefined to
\`'\def\add at accent#1#2{{\accent#1 #2}}'.
-
-
-
-
-
\<latex.ltx\><<<
\pagestyle{empty} \def\pagestyle#1{}
\def\thispagestyle#1{}
@@ -12816,40 +11287,16 @@
\Chapter{Display-Paragraph Environments of LaTeX}
-
-
-
-
-
Environments to consider: quote, quotation, verse, center, flushleft,
flushright, tabarray (tabular/array), tabbing, and verbatim. The
last two may be combined into quote or quotations. With the exeption of
the last two, they are all displayed-paragraph environments (C.5 in LaTeX).
-
The above environments are built on top of \''\list...\endlist' and
\''\trivlist...\endtrivlist' in LaTeX, and there we impose the html
code. That is, we use \''\Configure{lists}' that is common to both
constructs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}
@@ -12857,8 +11304,6 @@
\begin{document}
\EndPreamble
-
-
\begin{verse}
=============
@@ -12904,14 +11349,12 @@
\end{verse}
+.............
-
\end{verse}
.............
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
> - More serious is that the verse and quote environments are still
> centered in Powerbrowser.
@@ -12984,17 +11427,11 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Tables of Contents}
-
\Section{Modifying LaTeX Macros}
-
-
\<article et al tocs\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{%
\ifx\contentsname\empty \else
@@ -13005,8 +11442,6 @@
\:tableofcontents}
>>>
-
-
\<book et al tocs\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{%
\ifx\contentsname\empty \else
@@ -13016,7 +11451,6 @@
\:tableofcontents}
>>>
-
Without the following, the chapter*/section* introduces
the cutat configuration for the \''\tableofcontents'
@@ -13028,8 +11462,6 @@
%
>>>
-
-
\<html latex tocs\><<<
\edef\:TOC{%
\noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
@@ -13048,14 +11480,6 @@
\global\let\auto:toc|=\:UnDef }
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<html /addcontentsline\><<<
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{\if at filesw \begingroup
\no:lbl:idx \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect
@@ -13067,8 +11491,6 @@
The redefinition of \''\addcontentsline' should preserve vertical mode.
The following is the modification to the original def.
-
-
\<revised /addcontentsline\><<<
\def\:tempb{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}%
\ifx \:tempb\:tempa
@@ -13083,32 +11505,22 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<non-toc addcontentsline html addr\><<<
\html:addr
>>>
-
\<add non-toc contents line\><<<
\csname if:toc\endcsname{\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry
\string\toc#1{}{\string\csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname
{\FileNumber}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{}{#3}}{\the\@temptokena}\relax}}%
>>>
-
-
\<add contents line\><<<
\csname if:toc\endcsname{\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry
\string\toc#2{}{\string\csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname
{\FileNumber}{\:tempb}{}{#3}}{\the\@temptokena}\relax}}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
In the above link,
\List{disc}
@@ -13122,23 +11534,16 @@
browsers reload the current page if the file name is mentioned,
so we removed the reference to the page name
-
-
-
\<addcontentsline html addr\><<<
\edef\:tempb{|<section html addr|>}%
>>>
-
Instead of
-
-
\<\><<<
\NewHaddr\:tempb
>>>
-
\item Do the parent-children relationships still work?
\EndList
@@ -13151,11 +11556,6 @@
The command \''\addvspace' may appear at start of list of tables
and it must be reached in vertical mode (see list tables -- lot).
-
-
-
-
-
The following goes also into non-core latex.
Do we need \`' \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}%' in the following?
@@ -13178,12 +11578,6 @@
\endgroup}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Default Choice of Entries for TOC's}
\<entries for latex tocs\><<<
@@ -13201,9 +11595,6 @@
\ifnum 5>\c at tocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz>>>
-
-
-
\Verbatim
The paper output looks like this:
The paper output looks like this:
@@ -13224,60 +11615,32 @@
About this document
\EndVerbatim
-
\<html latex tocs\><<<
\def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents}
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Extra entries to Toc}
-
\<html latex tocs\><<<
\pend:defIII\addcontentsline{%
\def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
\gHAdvance\TitleCount 1 \fi }
>>>
-
\Section{Configurations}
-
\<config latex.ltx utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{tableofcontents}{5}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Content in Margins}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Margin Notes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<more html latex\><<<
\def\:tempc{\@ifnextchar [\:xmpar{\:xmpar[]}}
\HLet\marginpar\:tempc
@@ -13288,8 +11651,6 @@
\NewConfigure{marginpar}{2}
>>>
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
Nope. DIV is not the one to use. Alan, if you know TeX, think
@@ -13299,7 +11660,6 @@
box inline is not recommended in HTML 4, it isn't illegal, either. I'm not
talking SGML here, Alan.
-
http://www.indrev.com<STYLE TYPE="text/css">
P {border: red solid }
body {border: blue solid 1em }
@@ -13333,18 +11693,12 @@
to the proper signification of the word, the absence of external impediments; which impediments may oft take away part of a man's power to do what he would, but cannot hinder him from using the power left him according as his judgement and reason shall dictate to him.
and law, <SPAN class=leader1>Difference of right and law.</SPAN>yet they ought to be distinguished, because right consists in liberty to do, or to forbear; whereas law determines and binds to one of them: so that law and right differ as much as obligation and liberty, which in one and the same matter are inconsistent.
-
-
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Picture Insertions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<picins.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% picins.4ht |version %
@@ -13363,15 +11717,12 @@
\NewConfigure{parpic}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Lost Spaces}
-
The following has the definition \''\def\@{\spacefactor\@m}' in latex,
and it causes a loss of spaces in tex4ht.
@@ -13383,14 +11734,11 @@
\Section{Accents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
The following is for
\`'/n/candy/0/tex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty'
and files like
\`'/n/candy/0/tex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/latin1.def'.
-
\<latex accents\><<<
\let\:tabacckludge|=\@tabacckludge
\def\@tabacckludge#1{\csname #1\endcsname}
@@ -13402,9 +11750,6 @@
\expandafter\HLet\csname MakeLowercase \endcsname|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
\Verbatim
> Really, [latin1] redefines "=E1" as {\@tabacckludge'a}, and TeX4ht is
@@ -13418,7 +11763,6 @@
changing latin1.def will cause font problems in standard mode.
\EndVerbatim
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
@@ -13444,8 +11788,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
\Verbatim
> I send to you my ..... file attached, but in order to test it
@@ -13492,23 +11834,17 @@
\end{document}
-
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
LaTeX temporarily reassigngs other meaning in tables and elsewhere
to \'=\``=, \'+\=+, and \'+\``+. Make sure that the followin
appear after their redefinition in TeX4ht so that they will carry
the desired meaning.
-
\<latex accents\><<<
\let\@acci|=\' \let\@accii|=\` \let\@acciii|=\=
>>>
-
-
-
\<latex accents\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
\if '#1\let\:temp=\@acci \else
@@ -13524,9 +11860,6 @@
\'=\a``=, \'+\a=+, and \'+\a``+, respectively. In LaTeX
it is defined to equal \''\@tabacckludge'.
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{nomencl}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -13539,8 +11872,6 @@
htlatex test
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<nomencl.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% nomencl.4ht |version %
@@ -13550,15 +11881,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{nomencl}
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{List-Tocs of Figures and Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
The following is for the list of figures/tables.
\<html latex tocs\><<<
@@ -13566,7 +11892,6 @@
##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces}
>>>
-
The added \''\par' after \''\a:listof' is to avoid problems in an
environment that should be entered in vertical mode, at least for
the case of \''\addvspace'.
@@ -13576,8 +11901,6 @@
% \@ifclassloaded{amsart}{\:Optionfalse}{}
% \if:Option
-
-
\<html latex tocs\><<<
\def\@starttoc#1{%
\begingroup
@@ -13595,26 +11918,16 @@
\endgroup}
>>>
-
Was \`'\pend:defI\@starttoc{\par}'
-
-
\SubSection{Configurations}
-
-
The following is for book.cls, article.cls,...
-
\<config book-report-article shared\><<<
\NewConfigure{listof}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{/input Command}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -13631,19 +11944,10 @@
\HLet\include\:tempc
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Fonts (latex.ltx + fontmath.4ht)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<fontmath.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% fontmath.4ht |version %
@@ -13658,19 +11962,11 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{2}{fontmath}
-
-
-
-
\<fontmath + plain classes\><<<
|<plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex|>
|<plain, fontmath, amstex|>
>>>
-
-
-
-
% fontmath.ltx:\DeclareMathAlphabet {\mathit}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{it}
% fontmath.ltx:\SetMathAlphabet\mathit{bold}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{it}
%
@@ -13680,9 +11976,6 @@
% oldlfont.sty:\let\mathit\undefined
% oldlfont.sty:\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet\mathit{italic}
-
-
-
Fonts can create problems in edef environments. The following
definition is to get protection in titles taht go to the top of
hypertext pages. The \`'\text...' belong to latex.ltx.
@@ -13695,8 +11988,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
Definitions like \Verb'\def\mathbf#1{\a:mathbf#1\b:mathbf}'
must take care of commands like \Verb'\bf'. The latter
commands in effect tranform the \Verb'\mathbf' commands into
@@ -13718,7 +12009,6 @@
\:tempd{mathtt}
>>>
-
\<new fonts setting\><<<
\def\new:mfont#1#2{%
\csname a:#1\endcsname
@@ -13761,10 +12051,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
The following configuration break, for instance, with the following
source due to dynamic change of fonts.
@@ -13783,7 +12069,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<new fonts settingNO\><<<
\def\new:mfont#1#2{%
\csname a:#1\endcsname
@@ -13797,14 +12082,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
The \Verb+\csname mv@\math at version \endcsname+ showas the installed
math macros. The following modification might also become handy.
@@ -13853,7 +12130,6 @@
So tex4ht tries to implement these decorations.
\EndVerbatim
-
\<config latex.ltx shared\><<<
\NewConfigure{texttt}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:texttt :\endcsname\relax
\long\def\:temp##1{{\a:texttt \csname o:texttt :\endcsname{##1}\b:texttt}}%
@@ -13893,7 +12169,6 @@
\fi \c:def\a:emph{#1}\c:def\b:emph{#2}}
>>>
-
\<base fonts\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#1}}
\expandafter\:temp\usepackage|<par del|>
@@ -13928,12 +12203,9 @@
|<base fonts|>
>>>
-
The else part is for compabibility when the \`'fonts' option is
inactive.
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{comment}\Verbatim
you probably don't want the `fonts' in \Preamble. It is an ugly, and
not 100% safe, creature left over from the time fonts got their
@@ -13942,18 +12214,8 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Hfonts}
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
@@ -13983,12 +12245,10 @@
\textsl{NONE-textsl}\par
\texttt{NONE-texttt}\par
-
\section{What is \textit{textit}?}
test
-
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
@@ -14001,8 +12261,6 @@
\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textup}{\upshape}
\DeclareTextFontCommand{\emph}{\em}'
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{why the extra x? in latex}\Verbatim
\Draw \Large \baselineskip=0.8\baselineskip
@@ -14023,15 +12281,6 @@
\EndDraw
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Parbox}
Hide an artificial math.
@@ -14068,34 +12317,22 @@
\<old @iiiparbox\><<<
\@empty >>>
-
\<new @iiiparbox\><<<
\relax >>>
-
\Chapter{latex209.def}
-
-
-
-
\<latex209.4ht\><<<
\let\:fnsymbol\@fnsymbol
\def\@fnsymbol#1{{\hbox{$\:fnsymbol{#1}$}}}
\Hinput{latex209}
>>> \AddFile{5}{latex209}
-
-
\Chapter{Sectioning Commands}
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
> (5.5.2.1) "likesection" instead of "section*"? Technically I don't
@@ -14118,7 +12355,6 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
\Section{Parts}
\<book / report / article\><<<
@@ -14127,7 +12363,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<html late parts\><<<
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
\ifnum \c at secnumdepth >-2\relax
@@ -14154,7 +12389,6 @@
\HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}}
>>>
-
\<html late parts\><<<
\Def:Section\likepart{}{#1}
\let\:likepart|=\likepart
@@ -14165,47 +12399,22 @@
\HtmlEnv \:likepart{#1}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Configurations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Verbatim
\renewcommand\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection .\arabic{subsubsection}}
\renewcommand\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
\renewcommand\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Chapters, Appendixes, and Like Chapters}
-
We can test for \''\@chapter', but not fo \''\chapter', to
check whether the unit exists. fancyheadings.sty
changes the latter into \''\relax'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<chapters for book / report\><<<
\let\:tempb|=\chapter
\Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1}
@@ -14230,7 +12439,6 @@
\HtmlEnv \:likechapter{#1}}
>>>
-
\<chapters for book / report\><<<
\let\no at appendix|=\appendix
\Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1}
@@ -14243,24 +12451,15 @@
\no at appendix}
>>>
-
\<html latex divs\><<<
\def\Toc:Title#1{\gdef\TocTitle{#1}%
\ifx\TocTitle\empty \global\let\TocTitle|=\:UnDef\fi}
>>>
-
If defined, the \''\TocTitle' carries the info in the
square brackets of \`'\@chapter[##1]##2{...',
\`'\@section[##1]##2{...', etc.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Verbatim
> I discovered that TeX4ht uses some literal strings, like "Chapter"
> for the name of the chapters. This causes an incompatibility with
@@ -14286,10 +12485,8 @@
book.cls:\newcommand\appendixname{Appendix}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
\Section{Sections and Like Sections}
-
\<book / report / article\><<<
\ifx \section\:UnDef\else
|<html late sections|>
@@ -14307,30 +12504,13 @@
\let\likesection|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
\SubSection{Configurations}
-
-
-
-
-
-
%\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth
% \else \thesection \space \fi#1}
-
-
-
\Section{SubSections}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<book / report / article\><<<
|<subsections for book / report / article|>
>>>
@@ -14346,30 +12526,16 @@
\let\likesubsection|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Configurations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
% \Configure{subsectionTITLE+}
% {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth
% \else \thesubsection \space \fi#1}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{SubSubSections}
-
-
-
\<book / report / article\><<<
|<subsubsections for book / report / article|>
>>>
@@ -14385,35 +12551,16 @@
\let\likesubsubsection|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Configurations}
\`'<H5>' might use too small chars
-
-
-
-
-
-
% \Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}
% {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth
% \else \thesubsubsection \space \fi#1}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Paragraphs and Sub-Paragraphs}
-
-
-
\<book / report / article\><<<
|<paragraphs for book / report / article|>
>>>
@@ -14429,8 +12576,6 @@
\let\likeparagraph|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
-
\<paragraphs for book / report / article\><<<
\let\no at subparagraph|=\subparagraph
\Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth \else
@@ -14442,28 +12587,16 @@
\let\likesubparagraph|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
\SubSection{Configurations}
-
\<latex shared div config\><<<
\ifx\bf\:UnDef
\def\bf{\normalfont\bfseries}
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Options 1, 2, 3 for LaTeX}
-
-
-
\''\:tempa' is everywhere, so we use it to conditionally call
to \''\tableofcontents' throug attachments points when tex4ht
any of the options is on.
@@ -14483,23 +12616,14 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Encodings}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{t2benc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<t2benc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% t2benc.4ht |version %
@@ -14509,15 +12633,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{t2benc}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ot4enc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<ot4enc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ot4enc.4ht |version %
@@ -14527,9 +12646,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ot4enc}
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pd1enc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -14543,10 +12659,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pd1enc}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{inputenc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -14567,9 +12679,6 @@
Needed in, for instance, the definition \''\IeC {\^\i }' of \^i under
\''\edef'.
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{More LaTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -14596,19 +12705,12 @@
\NewConfigure{listoftables}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Newline and Vspace}
Latex uses vrule for vertical spaces within paragraph. In orser
not to break paragraphs, we put line breaks. So, for instance,
centered paragraphs retain their shapes.
-
\`'\\[...]' and \''\\*[...]', in normal mode, are
implied from \''\@xnewline', and in turn on \`'\newline' and \''\vspace'.
More recent definitions of latex rely on \''\@gnewline'.
@@ -14622,7 +12724,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<latex 1999\><<<
\ifx \@gnewline\:UnDef
\append:def\newline{\ifhmode \a:newline\fi}
@@ -14644,14 +12745,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
The recent latex.ltx file introduced the code
\Verbatim
\global\let\if at newlist\@@if at newlist
\EndVerbatim
-
at the end of the \''\@outputpage' macro. In the case of plain latex, I
suspect, the task of this code is to avoid extra vertical space before
a list which starts at the top of a page. This effect is achieved by
@@ -14660,14 +12759,10 @@
In the case of tex4ht, the side effect of loosing the list header
caused also the loss of the code \''<ul>'.
-
Latex 200 introduces \`'\global\let\if at newlist\@@if at newlist' at the
end of the \''\@outputpage' routine.
Without the following, we loose start of new lists at top of pages.
-
-
-
\<latex 2000\><<<
\ifx \@@if at newlist\:UnDef \else
\pend:def\@outputpage{\expandafter\global \expandafter\let
@@ -14675,17 +12770,10 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<config latex.ltx utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{newline}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
We can't play with the following because we may get extra \''<BR>'s
for paragraph breaks \''<P>'.
@@ -14699,17 +12787,12 @@
\fi }
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Title Page}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% \Configure{@classz}{}{}{}{}%
-
-
\<redefine maketitle\><<<
\let\o:maketitle:|=\maketitle
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
@@ -14734,9 +12817,6 @@
\egroup \let\maketitle|=\empty}
>>>
-
-
-
\<maketable save tabular\><<<
\let\a:tabular:sv|=\a:tabular \let\b:tabular:sv|=\b:tabular
\let\c:tabular:sv|=\c:tabular \let\d:tabular:sv|=\d:tabular
@@ -14751,18 +12831,12 @@
\let\before:begintabular|=\before:begintabular:sv
>>>
-
-
-
Old latex files need \''\no:fonts', but not new ones.---wrong, as far as writing to toc in 0.0?
-
-
\</and for maketitle\><<<
\def\and{\a:and}
>>>
-
\<redefine maketitle\><<<
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
\c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
@@ -14771,30 +12845,8 @@
\c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\`'<H..>' with nested fonts doesn't work nicely in NetScape.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}
@@ -14814,7 +12866,6 @@
\SubSection{xx}
-
\Verbatim
\CssFile
P.border { clear: both ; }
@@ -14827,7 +12878,6 @@
.artlinks { width: 100\% ; clear: left ; }
\EndCssFile
-
\HCode{
<P class="border">
<span class="author">xx, xx<span class="nodisp">,</span></span>
@@ -14875,14 +12925,10 @@
}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{LaTeX Classes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Book.cls, Report.cls, Article.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -14892,8 +12938,6 @@
|<latex report,... shared config|>
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{memoir}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -14902,8 +12946,6 @@
\Section{memoir}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<memoir.4ht\><<<
% memoir.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
@@ -14927,7 +12969,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{memoir}
-
\<memoir cfg\><<<
\let\rm\empty
\let\sf\empty
@@ -14943,15 +12984,10 @@
\HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{verse}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<verse.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% verse.4ht |version %
@@ -14962,9 +12998,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{verse}
-
-
-
\<verse cfg\><<<
\def\@vsptitle[#1]#2{%
|<memoir verse title|>%
@@ -15005,14 +13038,12 @@
\NewConfigure{verseline}{2}
>>>
-
\<memoir verse counter\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname c at verse\endcsname\relax \else
\refstepcounter{verse}%
\fi
>>>
-
\<memoir verse title\><<<
\csname phantomsection\endcsname
>>>
@@ -15043,13 +13074,10 @@
\NewConfigure{poemline}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mempatch}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<mempatch.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mempatch.4ht |version %
@@ -15060,7 +13088,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{mempatch}
-
\<mempatch cfg\><<<
\let\no at Msect\M at sect
\NewConfigure{@sec @ssect}[1]{%
@@ -15087,25 +13114,18 @@
\HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##8}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##9}}%
>>>
-
-
\<sv Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\sv:Msect|=\M at sect
>>>
-
\<recall Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\M at sect|=\sv:Msect
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{revtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\Link[ftp://ftp.aip.org/revtex]{}{}REVTeX 3.0 from the American Institute of Physics,\EndLink,
\Link[http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/]{}{}REVTeX 4 Home Page\EndLink
@@ -15119,9 +13139,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{revtex4}
-
-
-
\<aps.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% aps.4ht |version %
@@ -15132,8 +13149,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{aps}
-
-
\<revsymb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% revsymb.4ht |version %
@@ -15144,8 +13159,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{revsymb}
-
-
\<revsymb configs\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathrel{REV at lesssim }
\MathSymbol\mathrel{REV at gtrsim }
@@ -15155,7 +13168,6 @@
\MathSymbol\mathrel{corresponds }
>>>
-
\<revtex4 configs\><<<
|<@array at array@new group|>
|<@array at ltx group|>
@@ -15185,8 +13197,6 @@
\let\@yargarraycr\@yargarraycr at new
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\item{@array at ltx group}
\Verbatim
@@ -15213,10 +13223,8 @@
\let\@yargarraycr\@yargarraycr at ltx
\EndVerbatim
-
\EndList
-
\<@array at array@new group\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
%\hshow{@array at array@new--222}%
@@ -15247,9 +13255,6 @@
\HLet\@array at array@new\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
\<@array at ltx group\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
%\hshow{@array at ltx-22}%
@@ -15277,7 +13282,6 @@
\HLet\@array at ltx\:tempc
>>>
-
\<@array at array@new group \><<<
\def\:tempc{%
%\hshow{@tabular at array@new--22}%
@@ -15296,8 +13300,6 @@
\HLet\@tabular at ltx\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<@array at array@new group\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
%\hshow{array at array@new--22}%
@@ -15332,9 +13334,6 @@
\HLet\multicolumn at ltx|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
\<@array at ltx group\><<<
\def\:temp{\a:hline}
\HLet\hline at ltx|=\:temp
@@ -15346,8 +13345,6 @@
\@booleanfalse\twocolumn at sw
>>>
-
-
\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\titleblock at produce{%
\a:mktl \par
@@ -15530,9 +13527,6 @@
>>>
-
-
-
\<revtex4: redf sec\><<<
\def\@sect at ltx##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7]##8{%
|<disable @seccntformat|>%
@@ -15544,7 +13538,6 @@
\HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##7}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##8}}%
>>>
-
\<revtex4: redf ssec\><<<
\def\@ssect at ltx##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7]##8{%
|<star sec title|>%
@@ -15555,8 +13548,6 @@
\HtmlEnv \csname :like#1\endcsname{##8}}%
>>>
-
-
\<revtex4: sv Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\sv:Sc=\:Sc \let\sv:sect=\@sect at ltx \let\sv:ssect at ltx=\@ssect at ltx
>>>
@@ -15565,8 +13556,6 @@
\let\:Sc=\sv:Sc \let\@sect at ltx=\sv:sect \let\@ssect at ltx=\sv:ssect at ltx
>>>
-
-
\<revtex4 configs\><<<
|<html late parts|>
|<html late sections|>
@@ -15575,20 +13564,6 @@
|<paragraphs for book / report / article|>
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\@array at align@c{%
\leavevmode\@ifmmode{\vcenter\bgroup}{\vbox\bgroup\aftergroup\relax}}%
@@ -15606,15 +13581,11 @@
}%
>>>
-
-
-
\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\let\widetext\empty
\let\endwidetext\empty
>>>
-
\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{%
\def \@captype {#1}%
@@ -15665,14 +13636,12 @@
\def\p at paragraph {\thesection\thesubsection\thesubsubsection}
>>>
-
\<aps configs\><<<
\def\bib at device#1#2{%
\hb at xt@#1{\hfil \phantomsection
\addcontentsline {toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}\refname}}}
>>>
-
\<aps configsNO\><<<
|<revtex3 aps math|>
|<revtex3 aps title page|>
@@ -15728,7 +13697,6 @@
\c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>
-
\<revtex3 aps sections\><<<
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
\ifnum \c at secnumdepth >-2\relax
@@ -15763,12 +13731,9 @@
\let\:likesection\likesection
\let\likesection\:UnDef
-
\let\asp:@sect\no at sect
\def\no at sect#1#2#3#4#5{\asp:@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5\let\@svsec=\empty}}
-
-
\let\no at subsection\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth \else
\thesubsection \fi}{#1}
@@ -15804,8 +13769,6 @@
\let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph
\let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef
-
-
\def\tableofcontents{%
\ifx\contentsname\empty \else
\ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else
@@ -15829,7 +13792,6 @@
\ConfigureToc{subsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
-
\edef\:TOC{%
\noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
\noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
@@ -15875,7 +13837,6 @@
\global\@nobreakfalse
\endgroup}
-
\NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{%
\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa
\ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi
@@ -15890,14 +13851,10 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Polish: mwart.cls, mwrep.cls, mwbk.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mwart.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -16025,7 +13982,6 @@
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection}
>>>
-
\<mwart tocs\><<<
\let\mw at markandtoc=\empty
\def\tableofcontents{%
@@ -16038,7 +13994,6 @@
\:tableofcontents}
>>>
-
\<entries for mwart tocs\><<<
\ifnum \c at tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi
\ifnum \c at tocdepth >\z@ section,likesection,\fi
@@ -16057,8 +14012,6 @@
\noexpand\fi}
>>>
-
-
\<mwcls tocs\><<<
\def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\Auto:ent#1{%
@@ -16099,7 +14052,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<mwcls maketitle\><<<
\let\o:maketitle:\maketitle
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
@@ -16190,12 +14142,10 @@
\NewConfigure{listoftables}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mwrep.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<mwrep.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mwrep.4ht |version %
@@ -16237,8 +14187,6 @@
\expandafter\no:chapter \else \expandafter\:likechapter\fi{\HeadingText}}
>>>
-
-
\<entries for mw rep/bk tocs\><<<
\ifnum \c at tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi
\ifnum \c at tocdepth >\m at ne chapter,likechapter,appendix,\fi
@@ -16258,7 +14206,6 @@
\noexpand\fi}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mwbk.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -16278,9 +14225,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{mwbk}
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{aa.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -16290,8 +14234,6 @@
-
-
\<aa.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% aa.4ht |version %
@@ -16310,9 +14252,6 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Maketitle}
-
-
-
\<aa maketitle\><<<
\NewConfigure{subtitle institute}[7]{%
\c:def\a:sbttl{#1}\c:def\b:sbttl{#2}%
@@ -16379,16 +14318,8 @@
\def\AALogo{ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Sectioning}
-
-
\<aa sections\><<<
|<book / report / article cut points|>
@@ -16400,25 +14331,14 @@
>>>
-
-
%
%
% |<config article.sty utilities|>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{latex2man.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<latex2man.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% latex2man.4ht |version %
@@ -16429,20 +14349,12 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{latex2man}
-
-
-
\<latex2man defs\><<<
\renewcommand{\SP}{~}
\renewcommand{\Email}[1]{\Link[mailto:#1]{}{}\texttt{#1}\EndLink}
\renewcommand{\URL}[1]{\Link[#1]{}{}\texttt{#1}\EndLink}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\Chapter{texinfo.cls}
\Link[http://www.dina.kvl.dk/DinaUnix/Info/texi/texi\string
@@ -16450,7 +14362,6 @@
Search for `*.texi' on my pc to find files.
-
Compile the following with \`'tex latex2e.texi':
\Link[ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi]{}{}info/latex2e-help-texinfo\EndLink.
@@ -16463,7 +14374,6 @@
% tex foo.texi
\EndVerbatim
-
Other examples:
\List{*}
\item
@@ -16472,11 +14382,6 @@
\Link[ftp://ftp.lip6.fr/pub/gnu/Manuals/]{}{}gnu/Manuals\EndLink
\EndList
-
-
-
-
-
\<texinfo.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% texinfo.4ht |version %
@@ -16506,9 +14411,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{texinfo}
-
-
-
\<texinfo pre 2009\><<<
\def\parsearg#1{%
\let\next = #1%
@@ -16532,8 +14434,6 @@
\pend:defII\dosetq{\hbox{\Link{}{##1}\EndLink}}
>>>
-
-
\<texinfo verbatim\><<<
\NewConfigure{group}{2}
\def\group{\a:group\begingroup
@@ -16577,9 +14477,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
The following is to protec the \''\code' command in immediate
environments, such as section titles submitted to toc.
@@ -16661,7 +14558,6 @@
\Configure{itemize}{}{}{}{}
>>>
-
\<texinfo lists\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
\o:tablez:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}\a:table \aftergroup\b:table
@@ -16698,10 +14594,6 @@
\HLet\finishtitlepage=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<texinfo sections\><<<
\def\:tempd#1#2{%
\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname=\:UnDef
@@ -16744,8 +14636,6 @@
\:TableOfContents[|<toc entries|>]}\b:contents}
>>>
-
-
\<toc entries\><<<
chapter,%
appendix,%
@@ -16763,9 +14653,6 @@
unnumberedsubsubsec%
>>>
-
-
-
\<texinfo index\><<<
\HAssign\cnt:idx=0
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
@@ -16820,8 +14707,6 @@
\NewConfigure{index}{4}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{LaTeX Documentation}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -16830,7 +14715,6 @@
\Section{doc.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<doc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% doc.4ht |version %
@@ -16857,9 +14741,6 @@
\HLet\PlainTeX\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
\<doc.sty\><<<
\bgroup
\let\:temp\StopEventually
@@ -16872,8 +14753,6 @@
\expandafter \egroup \:temp
>>>
-
-
\<doc.styNO\><<<
\bgroup
\let\:temp\StopEventually
@@ -16886,8 +14765,6 @@
\expandafter \egroup \:temp
>>>
-
-
% \def\:temp{\leavevmode\hbox{$\mathcal A\hbox{$\mathcal M$}\mathcal S$-\TeX}}
% \HLet\AmSTeX\:temp
% \def\:temp{{\rmfamily SL{\scshape i}\TeX}}
@@ -16897,7 +14774,6 @@
\HRestore\maketitle
>>>
-
\<doc.sty\><<<
\:CheckOption{broken-index} \if:Option
|<doc warning|>
@@ -16920,8 +14796,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{holtxdoc.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -16936,7 +14810,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{holtxdoc}
-
\<holtxdoc configs\><<<
\pend:defI\HistVersion{\begingroup
\let\sv:subsection=\subsection
@@ -16949,17 +14822,10 @@
}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{src art/rep/book}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{scrbook}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -16980,7 +14846,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{scrbook}
-
\<scrbook post scr at v@2.97d\><<<
\renewcommand*\thesection{%
\ifnum \scr at compatibility>\@nameuse{scr at v@2.97d}\space
@@ -17016,7 +14881,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<<
\Def:Section\minisec{}{#1}
\let\:minisec=\minisec
@@ -17037,7 +14901,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{scrartcl}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{scrbook}
@@ -17080,7 +14943,6 @@
\NewConfigure{dedication}{2}
>>>
-
\<scrbook title page\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
\cfg:maketitle
@@ -17099,14 +14961,10 @@
\NewConfigure{dedication}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{TOC}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<scrbook toc\><<<
|<book et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
@@ -17168,13 +15026,10 @@
}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<<
\pend:defI\@makefntext{\IgnorePar}
>>>
@@ -17304,17 +15159,12 @@
\let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph
\let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef
-
-
-
-
\NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}%
\c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}}
\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
{\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}%
\cptB:}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}
-
\pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor}
\append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
|<book-report-article idx|>
@@ -17326,7 +15176,6 @@
\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
\c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
-
\append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
\NewConfigure{quotation}{1}
\NewConfigure{listof}{6}
@@ -17349,12 +15198,6 @@
\ConfigureToc{likechapter} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<general scrreprt\><<<
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likepart}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likechapter}
@@ -17395,7 +15238,6 @@
{\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}%
\cptB:}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}
-
\pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor}
\append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
|<book-report-article idx|>
@@ -17406,7 +15248,6 @@
\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
\c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
-
\append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
\NewConfigure{quotation}{1}
\NewConfigure{listof}{6}
@@ -17516,7 +15357,6 @@
\ConfigureToc{likechapter} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
>>>
-
\<scrreprt toc\><<<
|<book et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
@@ -17626,13 +15466,10 @@
\HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:addchap{#2}}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{letter}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<letter.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% letter.4ht |version %
@@ -17643,9 +15480,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{6}{letter}
-
-
-
\<letter class\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\a:opening
\ifx \@empty \fromaddress\else
@@ -17698,7 +15532,6 @@
\NewConfigure{toname}{2}
>>>
-
\<letter class\><<<
\long\def\:tempc{\@roman \c at enumiii}
\ifx \theenumiii\:tempc
@@ -17712,12 +15545,8 @@
\Chapter{elseart}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier/]{}{}elsevier\EndLink
-
-
-
\<elsart.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% elsart.4ht |version %
@@ -17731,8 +15560,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{elsart}
-
-
\<elsevier cls\><<<
\@twocolumnfalse \@TwoColumnfalse
\let\endtable|=\end at float
@@ -17747,9 +15574,6 @@
\hbox{{\cptA: |<caption and ref/tag|>\cptB:}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}}
>>>
-
-
-
\<elsart sup\><<<
\def\@mpmakefnmark{\,\hbox{$\sp{\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}}
\long\def\@mpmakefntext#1{\noindent
@@ -17855,7 +15679,6 @@
|<elsevier keywords|>
>>>
-
\<elsevier abstract\><<<
\def\:temp{%
\let\no:indent\noindent
@@ -17904,14 +15727,10 @@
\b:author}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{American Psychological Association (APA)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<apa.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% apa.4ht |version %
@@ -17929,9 +15748,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{apa}
-
-
-
\<apa-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% apa-a.4ht |version %
@@ -17987,7 +15803,6 @@
}%
>>>
-
\<apa code\><<<
\def\appendix{%
\appendixtrue
@@ -18024,7 +15839,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<apa code\><<<
\append:def\seriate{\a:seriate
\pend:def\item{\c:seriate
@@ -18042,11 +15856,8 @@
\Chapter{JHEP.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\Link[http://jhep.sissa.it/]{}{}http://jhep.sissa.it/\EndLink
-
\<JHEP.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% JHEP.4ht |version %
@@ -18057,8 +15868,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{JHEP}
-
-
\<config JHEP\><<<
|<html late parts|>
|<html late sections|>
@@ -18069,8 +15878,6 @@
\def\no at sect#1#2#3{\acm:sect{#1}{#2}{#3\relax\let\@svsec|=\empty}}
>>>
-
-
\<config JHEP\><<<
\def\@maketitle{%
\if at preprint
@@ -18118,7 +15925,6 @@
\def\a:@BODY{\a::@BODY \auto:maketitle }
>>>
-
\<auto at maketitle footnotes\><<<
\let\JHEP:sva=\begingroup
\def\begingroup{\let\begingroup=\JHEP:sva
@@ -18160,9 +15966,6 @@
\append:defI\pageref{\egroup}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{TextBook}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -18172,9 +15975,6 @@
%% \OutputCodE\<TextBook.4ht\>
-
-
-
\<TextBook.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% TextBook.4ht |version %
@@ -18206,16 +16006,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{TextBook}
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{combine}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<combine.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% combine.4ht |version %
@@ -18226,7 +16020,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{combine}
-
\<combine cfg\><<<
\append:def\setuppapers{%
\expandafter\let\csname :ref\endcsname\c at lbref
@@ -18274,7 +16067,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{g-brief}
-
\<g-brief hooks\><<<
\def\ps at firstpage{%
\ifcase \@ptsize\relax \normalsize \or \small \or \footnotesize \fi
@@ -18284,7 +16076,6 @@
\NewConfigure{letterhead}{5}
>>>
-
\<g-brief head\><<<
\a:letterhead
\ifklassisch \textsl{\quad\name}\else \textsc{\quad\name}\fi
@@ -18318,9 +16109,6 @@
\e:letterhead
>>>
-
-
-
\<g-brief foot\><<<
\def\istsprache{german}
\a:letterfoot
@@ -18342,7 +16130,6 @@
\c:letterfoot
>>>
-
\<insert g-brief head\><<<
\ifx\zusatz\empty\else
\pend:def\zusatz{\a:zusatz}
@@ -18409,7 +16196,6 @@
\par \ps at firstpage \@oddfoot\let\@oddfoot=\empty
>>>
-
\<g-brief hooks\><<<
\expandafter\pend:def\csname g-brief\endcsname{%
\bgroup |<insert g-brief head|>\egroup
@@ -18458,9 +16244,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<g-brief hooks\><<<
\pend:def\datumtext{\a:datumtext}
\append:def\datumtext{\b:datumtext}
@@ -18560,7 +16343,6 @@
\append:def\name{\b:name}
>>>
-
\<???\><<<
\pend:def\meinzeichen{\a:meinzeichen}
\append:def\meinzeichen{\b:meinzeichen}
@@ -18574,7 +16356,6 @@
\append:def\anlagen{\b:anlagen}
\fi
-
\ifx\adresse\empty\else
\pend:def\adresse{\a:adresse}
\append:def\adresse{\b:adresse}
@@ -18590,23 +16371,11 @@
\append:def\grussskip{\b:grussskip}
\fi
-
-
\ifx\ihrschreiben\empty\else
\pend:def\ihrschreiben{\a:ihrschreiben}
\append:def\ihrschreiben{\b:ihrschreiben}
\fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ifx\unterschrift\empty\else
\pend:def\unterschrift{\a:unterschrift}
\append:def\unterschrift{\b:unterschrift}
@@ -18617,15 +16386,10 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ltxguide}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<ltxguide.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ltxguide.4ht |version %
@@ -18643,17 +16407,10 @@
\Configure{m} {$\langle $} {$\rangle $}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Ext article/book/report/proc/letter}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<extarticle.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% extarticle.4ht |version %
@@ -18668,9 +16425,6 @@
>>>
-
-
-
\<extbook.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% extbook.4ht |version %
@@ -18685,9 +16439,6 @@
>>>
-
-
-
\<extletter.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% extletter.4ht |version %
@@ -18702,9 +16453,6 @@
>>>
-
-
-
\<extproc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% extproc.4ht |version %
@@ -18719,9 +16467,6 @@
>>>
-
-
-
\<extreport.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% extreport.4ht |version %
@@ -18736,26 +16481,15 @@
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{AMS}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\Chapter{AMS ART, PROC, BOOK classes}
%----------------------------- amsart.cls -----------------------
\Section{amsart.cls}
-
-
Calls:
amsgen.sty,
amsmath.sty,
@@ -18765,9 +16499,6 @@
amsfonts.sty,
and amsthm.sty.
-
-
-
\<amsart.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsart.4ht |version %
@@ -18788,16 +16519,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsart}
-
-
-
-
\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
|<ams divisions|>
>>>
-
-
\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\let\:setaddresses=\@setaddresses
\def\@setaddresses{\bgroup
@@ -18839,7 +16564,6 @@
}}%
>>>
-
\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\pend:def\@settranslators{\a:translators\bgroup
\def\and{\unskip{ } \d:translators and~\c:translators\ignorespaces}%
@@ -18851,7 +16575,6 @@
\NewConfigure{translators}{4}
>>>
-
The followwin applies only to amsart 2000/06/02 v2.07 and on
\<ams art + book + proc\><<<
@@ -18861,7 +16584,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<ams 2000 art + book + proc\><<<
\def\:tempc{\ifmmode \mathqed \else
\leavevmode \a:qed\hbox {\qedsymbol}\b:qed\fi}
@@ -18869,7 +16591,6 @@
\NewConfigure{qed}{2}
>>>
-
% \def\:temp{\a:newtheorem \:thm}
% \HLet\@thm=\:temp
% \append:defI\deferred at thm@head{\b:newtheorem
@@ -18884,23 +16605,11 @@
% \HRestore\listoffigures
% \HRestore\listoftables
-
-
-
-
\<table/figure of amsart.cls\><<<
\def\endtable{\end at float}
\def\endfigure{\end at float}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%----------------------------- amsbook.cls -----------------------
\Section{amsbook.cls}
@@ -18913,9 +16622,6 @@
and amsthm.sty.
-
-
-
\<amsbook.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsbook.4ht |version %
@@ -18936,8 +16642,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsbook}
-
-
% \HRestore\listoffigures
% \HRestore\listoftables
@@ -18962,18 +16666,11 @@
UnDFexyz
>>>
-
\<table/figure of amsbook.cls\><<<
\def\endtable{\end at float}
\def\endfigure{\end at float}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%----------------------------- amsproc.cls -----------------------
\Section{amsproc.cls}
@@ -18986,10 +16683,6 @@
and amsthm.sty.
-
-
-
-
\<amsproc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsproc.4ht |version %
@@ -19011,12 +16704,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsproc}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<tocs of amsproc.cls\><<<
|<latex et al tocs|>
|<article et al tocs|>
@@ -19038,8 +16725,6 @@
UnDFexyz
>>>
-
-
\<table/figure of amsproc.cls\><<<
\def\endtable{\end at float}
\def\endfigure{\end at float}
@@ -19054,14 +16739,10 @@
\NewConfigure{dagger}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Title Page}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<redefine ams maketitle\><<<
\let\o:maketitle:|=\maketitle
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
@@ -19075,7 +16756,6 @@
\egroup \let\maketitle|=\empty}
>>>
-
\<ams art + proc\><<<
\pend:def\@settitle{\a:ttl}
\append:def\@settitle{\b:ttl}
@@ -19093,8 +16773,6 @@
\c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
>>>
-
-
\<ams art\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
\pend:def\newpage{\IgnorePar}%
@@ -19123,14 +16801,11 @@
The tags \''\a:@maketitle' and \''\b:@maketitle' enclose setdate,
subjclass, keywords, addresses
-
\<@ maketitle art\><<<
\ifx\@date\empty\else
\end:maketitle\@date{\a:date\@setdate\b:date}\fi
>>>
-
-
\<ams art + proc\><<<
\pend:defI\@setauthors{\a:author \bgroup
\def\andify{\nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \and}{\unskip, \and}}%
@@ -19150,7 +16825,6 @@
|</and for maketitle|>%
>>>
-
\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\HRestore\thanks
\def\:thanks#1{\par \a:thanks#1\@addpunct.\b:thanks}
@@ -19159,7 +16833,6 @@
\c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>
-
\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\NewConfigure{subjclass}{2}
\NewConfigure{keywords}{2}
@@ -19179,9 +16852,6 @@
\NewConfigure{setabstract}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Sectioning}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -19195,7 +16865,6 @@
\''\Configure{@sec @ssect}' is needed only for the \''@sec'; a
configuration for \''@ssect' is ignored.
-
\<sections of amsart.cls\><<<
|<ams art + book + proc|>
|<ams art + proc|>
@@ -19214,9 +16883,6 @@
|<ams no at sect|>
>>>
-
-
-
\<ams no at sect\><<<
\def\no at sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
\edef\@toclevel{\ifnum#2=\@m 0\else\number#2\fi}%
@@ -19230,7 +16896,6 @@
\let\@ssect=\relax
>>>
-
\<ams art + proc\><<<
\let\no at part|=\part
\Def:Section\part{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth \else
@@ -19239,7 +16904,6 @@
\def\part{\rdef:sec{part}}
>>>
-
\<ams book\><<<
\let\:tempb\part
\Def:Section\part{\ifnum \c at secnumdepth >-2 \the\c at part\fi}{#1}
@@ -19257,7 +16921,6 @@
\def\@spart#1{\HtmlEnv \:likepart{#1}}
>>>
-
\<ams divisions\><<<
\let\no at section|=\section
\Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth \else
@@ -19266,7 +16929,6 @@
\def\section{\rdef:sec{section}}
>>>
-
\<ams divisions\><<<
\let\no at subsection|=\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c at secnumdepth \else
@@ -19299,25 +16961,16 @@
\def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}}
>>>
-
\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\pend:defI\@seccntformat{%
\def\@secnumpunct{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>0
\expandafter\ifx\csname the##1\endcsname\relax \else. \fi\fi}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables Of Contents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<ams art, proc\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{%
\ifx\contentsname\empty \else
@@ -19330,8 +16983,6 @@
\:tableofcontents}
>>>
-
-
\<ams book\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{%
\ifx\contentsname\empty \else
@@ -19343,7 +16994,6 @@
\:tableofcontents}
>>>
-
\<tocs of amsart.cls\><<<
|<latex et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
@@ -19363,17 +17013,12 @@
UnDFexyz
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{amsldoc.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Calls:
-
\<amsldoc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsldoc.4ht |version %
@@ -19385,12 +17030,8 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsldoc}
-
-
-
\Chapter{amsdtx.cls}
-
\<amsdtx.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsdtx.4ht |version %
@@ -19405,13 +17046,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{amsdtx}
-
-
\<restore amsdtx\><<<
\let\maketitle\o:maketitle:
>>>
-
\<amsdtx hooks\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{\bgroup
\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
@@ -19431,17 +17069,9 @@
\egroup \let\maketitle\empty}
>>>
-
%----------------------------- amsthm.sty -----------------------
\Chapter{amsthm.sty}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<amsthm.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsthm.4ht |version %
@@ -19454,8 +17084,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsthm}
-
-
\<body of amsthm.sty\><<<
|<qed symbol|>
>>>
@@ -19468,8 +17096,6 @@
\MathSymbol\mathop{qedsymbol}
>>>
-
-
\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<
\ifx \deferred at thm@head\:UnDef\else
\expandafter\dth at everypar\expandafter{%
@@ -19482,7 +17108,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<revised begintheorem\><<<
\def\deferred at thm@head#1{%
\if at inlabel \indent \par \fi |% eject a section head if one is pending|%
@@ -19505,10 +17130,6 @@
of \`'\sbox\@labels{\normalfont#1}'--it is preferable for tex4ht,
in case the lemma starts with something like \`'\begin{equation}'.
-
-
-
-
The following code is for the cases that the \''\refstercounter'
is ignored in \''\@thm'.
@@ -19541,12 +17162,6 @@
\HRestore\@endtheorem
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
The @thm appends its setting to the hook of theoremstyle:
\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<
@@ -19562,7 +17177,6 @@
\expandafter\egroup ~
>>>
-
\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<
\long\def\:temp[#1]{\par\a:proof
\csname o:\string\proof :\endcsname[#1]\b:proof}
@@ -19571,9 +17185,6 @@
\NewConfigure{proof}{3}
>>>
-
-
-
\Verbatim
\newtheoremstyle{note}% name
{3pt}% Space above
@@ -19587,20 +17198,14 @@
{}% Thm head spec (can be left empty, meaning `normal')
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ams....sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{amsbsy.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<amsbsy.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsbsy.4ht |version %
@@ -19653,10 +17258,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{amssymb}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Ams Structures}
%%%%%%%%%
@@ -19677,22 +17278,8 @@
(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsthm.sty))
\EndVerbatim
-
-
/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/book.cls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<record ams definitions\><<<
\def\:tmp#1#2{%
\expand:after{\expandafter\let\csname ams:#1\endcsname|=}%
@@ -19705,21 +17292,13 @@
|<recall osudeG|>
>>>
-
-
%----------------------------- amsmath.sty -----------------------
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{amsmath.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\SubSection{OutLine}
-
-
-
-
\<amsmath.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsmath.4ht |version %
@@ -19747,13 +17326,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsmath}
-
\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\pend:def\subequations{\SkipRefstepAnchor }
>>>
-
-
\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\hdots at for#1#2{\multicolumn{#2}c%
{\m at th \hdots:for{#1}\hfil}}
@@ -19767,8 +17343,6 @@
\HLet\hdots:for\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname tmp:muskip\endcsname\relax
\csname newmuskip\endcsname \tmp:muskip
@@ -19788,8 +17362,6 @@
\Configure{tmspace}{\mskip\mathglue}
>>>
-
-
\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\HRestore\over
\def\:tempc{\pic:gobble\a:over \o:@@over: \pic:gobble\b:over}
@@ -19804,7 +17376,6 @@
\HLet\@@above\:tempc
>>>
-
\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\HRestore\abovewithdelims
\def\::abovewithdelims#1#2{\pic:gobble\a:abovewithdelims
@@ -19828,9 +17399,6 @@
\NewConfigure{atopwithdelims}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\a:underarrow@
\hbox{$\m at th#2#3$}\b:underarrow@
@@ -19846,8 +17414,6 @@
\NewConfigure{overarrow@}{3}
>>>
-
-
The following was needed to hide paragraph breaks in \`'math' option,
due to a \''\vtop' in the macro definition.
@@ -19856,8 +17422,6 @@
\HLet\overarrow@|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\measure@
\pend:defI\:tempc{\bgroup
@@ -19877,7 +17441,6 @@
\@xp\makesm at sh\fi{#2}}
>>>
-
\<body of amsmath.styNO\><<<
\append:defI\collect at body{\let\halign\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign}
>>>
@@ -19920,7 +17483,6 @@
% \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\^=\the\catcode`\^
% \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_ }
-
\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2{\a:xrightarrow \o:xrightarrow:{#1}\b:xrightarrow}
\HLet\xrightarrow|=\:temp
@@ -19930,12 +17492,10 @@
\NewConfigure{xleftarrow}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Fractions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname genfrac \endcsname#1#2#3#4{%
\def\@tempa{#1#2}%
@@ -19971,7 +17531,6 @@
\NewConfigure{tbinom}{4}
>>>
-
\<\><<<
\let\n:frac:|=\:UnDef
\DeclareRobustCommand{\n:frac:}[2]{|<amsamth.sty frac|>}
@@ -19981,8 +17540,6 @@
\NewConfigure{frac}{4}
>>>
-
-
\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\let\:tempc\maketag@@@
\pend:defI\:tempc{\a:maketag}
@@ -19991,8 +17548,6 @@
\HLet\maketag@@@\:tempc
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{align}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -20056,8 +17611,6 @@
\HLet\align@|=\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<since 1999 endalign\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
\math at cr
@@ -20069,7 +17622,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<until 1999 endalign\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
\math at cr
@@ -20081,14 +17633,11 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.styNO\><<<
\NewConfigure{align}{6}
\NewConfigure{align*}{6}
>>>
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
|<ams align config util|>
\def\:tempc#1{%
@@ -20131,7 +17680,6 @@
\else \gHAssign\add:amps|=\HCol\relax #2\gdef#1{#3}\fi}%
>>>
-
The \`'align' environment set labels by rewriting the row
with empty entry, and adding the abel in an extra entry. That
is, with a format of the form
@@ -20141,12 +17689,8 @@
% \let\:tempa|=\:temp
% \def\:temp!!!!1\egroup{\:tempa !!!!1\EndMkHalign}%
-
Without the \''\HRestore\noalign' we get infinite loop. Where? Why?
-
-
-
\<sub/sup base\><<<
{\HCode{}}%
>>>
@@ -20169,7 +17713,6 @@
\catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
>>>
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:start at aligned!1!2{%
@@ -20195,7 +17738,6 @@
&\column at plus $\m at th\displaystyle{{\HCode{}}#}$}%
>>>
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\al:gned#1{%
\Configure{start at aligned}{\csname a:#1\endcsname}%
@@ -20239,12 +17781,10 @@
% \egroup \b:start at aligned}
% \HLet\endalignedat|=\:tempc
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Gathered}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:gathered[!1]{%
@@ -20271,13 +17811,6 @@
\NewConfigure{gathered}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{multline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -20286,7 +17819,6 @@
\''\collect@@body'. Hence, the featured of TeX4ht introduced to
\''\halign' are nulled there.
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:multline!1{%
@@ -20346,9 +17878,6 @@
\SubSection{gather}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:gather!1{%
@@ -20379,8 +17908,6 @@
&\hbox{|<sub/sup base|>#}%
>>>
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\math at cr \EndMkHalign
\RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:gather\ifst at rred *\fi\endcsname
@@ -20394,8 +17921,6 @@
\NewConfigure{gather*}{6}
>>>
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
\def\intertext##1{%
@@ -20423,15 +17948,10 @@
\HLet\uproot|=\:gobble
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Accents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<accents of amsmath.sty\><<<
\HLet\Hat|=\hat
\HLet\Check|=\check
@@ -20449,7 +17969,6 @@
\SubSection{Smallmatrix}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:smallmatrix{%
@@ -20473,11 +17992,6 @@
\NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{substack}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -20488,7 +18002,6 @@
\NewConfigure{substack}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{subarray}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -20520,7 +18033,6 @@
\NewConfigure{subarray}{4}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{split}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -20541,7 +18053,6 @@
\HLet\endsplit|=\:tempc
>>>
-
\<insplit 1999\><<<
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef
\chardef\dspbrk at context\@ne
@@ -20553,7 +18064,6 @@
&$\m at th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$%
>>>
-
\<amsmath 1999\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\gather at split
\append:defIII\:tempc{%
@@ -20571,7 +18081,6 @@
The folowing tries to compensate for the above extra openning split
environment.
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\Configure{@begin}
{split}
@@ -20583,7 +18092,6 @@
}
>>>
-
The split environment still has
\HPage{problems}
\Verbatim
@@ -20635,13 +18143,10 @@
\EndVerbatim
\EndHPage{example}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Equations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{equations}[2]{\def\pic:equa{#1}\def\pic:equb{#2}}
>>>
@@ -20653,15 +18158,12 @@
\let\halign|=\TeXhalign}
>>>
-
% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
% \def\:tempa{\a:eqnum\print at eqnum\b:eqnum}
% \HLet\print at eqnum\:tempc
% \NewConfigure{eqnum}{2}
% >>>
-
-
\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:eqref\o:eqref:{#1}\b:eqref}
\NewConfigure{eqref}{2}
@@ -20671,12 +18173,6 @@
\SubSection{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\make at df@tag@@#1{%
\gdef\df at tag{\maketag@@@{#1}\def\@currentlabel{#1}%
@@ -20690,14 +18186,10 @@
}}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Gauss Style}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<gauss.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% gauss.4ht |version %
@@ -20722,7 +18214,6 @@
\HLet\endgmatrix=\:tempc
>>>
-
\<config gauss\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:g at matrix{%
@@ -20747,8 +18238,6 @@
\kern\g at tab\g at prae#\g at post}%
>>>
-
-
\<config gauss\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
\g at endregion
@@ -20841,16 +18330,10 @@
\NewConfigure{add}{3}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Fonts}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<amsfonts.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsfonts.4ht |version %
@@ -20861,7 +18344,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsfonts}
-
\<amsfonts sty\><<<<
\NewConfigure{mathbb}{2}
\def\:temp#1{{\a:mathbb \o:@mathbb:{#1}\b:mathbb}}
@@ -20878,12 +18360,10 @@
dynamic configurations of symbols decorations at the htf source
(e.g., \Verb+${\textbf abc}XX\bf abc \mathbf ab\mathbb{C}d\mathsf{C}$+).
-
%%%%%%%%%%%
amstext.sty
%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<amstext.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amstext.4ht |version %
@@ -20898,7 +18378,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amstext}
-
%----------------------------- amstex.sty -----------------------
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{amstex.sty}
@@ -20907,8 +18386,6 @@
Note that \`'\Let@' stands for \`'\let\\=\cr\', and so it should be
placed after the definition of \`'\cr' is recalled in halign tables.
-
-
\<amstex loads amsmath\><<<
\input amsmath.4ht
>>>
@@ -20937,21 +18414,13 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amstex1}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Aligned}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
We need the \`'\vtop' within \`'\[...\]' because of the
extra math environment taht we insert.
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex1\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:aligned@{\bgroup
@@ -20967,9 +18436,6 @@
$\m at th\displaystyle{{}#}$%
>>>
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex1\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign
\RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:\aligned:type\endcsname \egroup}
@@ -20984,15 +18450,10 @@
\pend:def\aligned{\def\aligned:type{aligned}}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{mathtools}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<mathtools.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mathtools.4ht |version %
@@ -21008,7 +18469,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{mathtools}
-
\<mathtools sty\><<<
\ifx \o:endgathered:\:UnDef\else
\HRestore\endgathered
@@ -21016,8 +18476,6 @@
\def\shortintertext{\intertext}
>>>
-
-
\<mathtools sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{{\csname a:prescript\endcsname}\sp{#1}\sb{#2}}
\expandafter\HLet\csname prescript \endcsname=\:tempc
@@ -21053,7 +18511,6 @@
\HLet\MT_cramped_internal:Nn\:tempc
>>>
-
\<mathtools sty\><<<
\renewenvironment{dcases}[1][c]{%
\RIfM@\else
@@ -21087,7 +18544,6 @@
\NewConfigure{dcases}{6}
>>>
-
\<mathtools sty\><<<
\renewenvironment{dcases*}[1][c]{%
\RIfM@\else
@@ -21125,7 +18581,6 @@
\Chapter{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
The \''\label' gets a definition that differs a little than the one in LaTeX, and is more complicated because of cases like in the example:
\Verbatim
\documentclass[fleqn]{article}
@@ -21138,12 +18593,10 @@
\newcommand{\env}[1]{{\normalfont\texttt{#1}}}
-
\begin{document}
`\section{Prime equation numbers}
-
Here is a,b,c sub-numbering.
\begin{subequations}{a}
\begin{eqnarray}
@@ -21155,15 +18608,12 @@
That was produced with the \env{eqnarray} environment; the middle line
was labeled as \eqref{e:middle}.
-
-
First an equation.
\begin{equation}\label{e:previous}
A=B
\end{equation}
That was equation \eqref{e:previous}.
-
\begin{equation}%
\tag{\ref{e:previous}$'$}
\label{e:prevprime}
@@ -21172,8 +18622,6 @@
And that was equation \eqref{e:prevprime}.
-
-
First an equation.
\begin{subequations}{a}
\begin{xalignat}{2}
@@ -21189,8 +18637,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
Note that the above fails if \''\@currentlabel' has a \`'\Link[]...'.
\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
@@ -21215,35 +18661,27 @@
\fi\fi }
>>>
-
\<haddr prefix\><<<
x>>>
-
\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\let\:insplit|=\insplit@
\def\insplit@{\let\halign|=\TeXhalign \:insplit}
>>>
-
Place the number with the equation; not under.
\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{eqn}[1]{\def\a:eqno{#1}}
>>>
-
-
-
% \pmatrix def \matrix def \endpmatrix
% \bmatrix def \matrix def \endbmatrix
% \vmatrix def \matrix def \endvmatrix
% \Vmatrix def \matrix def \endVmatrix
-
% \equation def \gather def \endgather
-
\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\gather{\a:gather}
\append:def\endgather{\b:gather}
@@ -21266,8 +18704,6 @@
\@xp\append:def\csname endalign*\endcsname{\EndPicture}
>>>
-
-
%\let\ltx at label=\lb:l
\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
@@ -21294,13 +18730,11 @@
\append:def\endalignedat{$\EndPicture}
>>>
-
\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\gathered{\Picture*{}$}
\append:def\endgathered{$\EndPicture}
>>>
-
\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\multline{\Picture*{}}
\append:def\endmultline{\EndPicture}
@@ -21314,20 +18748,14 @@
\append:def\endsmallmatrix{$\EndPicture}
>>>
-
\<body of amstex.sty\><<<
|<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty|>
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Springer Lecture Notes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
LaTeX document class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science
\Link[http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-book.html]{}{}springer\EndLink,
@@ -21336,7 +18764,6 @@
We have llncs.cls for latex2e, and llncs.sty for latex2.9.
-
llncs.cls loads article.cls and then its definitions. Hence,
llncs.4ht asks article.4ht to load the definitions in llncs-a.4ht
@@ -21349,8 +18776,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{llncs}
-
-
\<llncs-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% llncs-a.4ht |version %
@@ -21394,16 +18819,11 @@
\NewConfigure{institute}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<llcns cls\><<<
\def\@Begintheorem#1#2#3{\a:newtheorem#3\trivlist
\item[\hskip\labelsep{#2#1\@thmcounterend}]\b:newtheorem}
>>>
-
-
-
\<lncse.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% llncse.4ht |version %
@@ -21413,7 +18833,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{lncse}
-
\<lncse-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% llncse-a.4ht |version %
@@ -21426,11 +18845,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{lncse-a}
-
-
-
-
-
\<lncse title page\><<<
\ifx \o:@maketitle:\UnDef
\let\o:@maketitle:\@maketitle
@@ -21513,22 +18927,14 @@
\no at appendix}
>>>
-
-
%--------------------------------- amstex.tex -------------------
-
\Chapter{amstex.tex}
\`'/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/amstex/base/amstex.tex'
\Section{Outline}
-
-
-
-
-
\<amstex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amstex.4ht |version %
@@ -21547,10 +18953,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amstex}
-
-
-
-
\<body of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:text{\ifx \a:math\:UnDef\else
\let\:temp|=\everymath
@@ -21561,12 +18963,8 @@
\NewConfigure{text}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Sub/Sub scripts}
-
\<body of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\Sb#1\endSb{\sb{\a:multilimits
\multilimits@#1\endSb\b:multilimits}}
@@ -21582,8 +18980,6 @@
\NewConfigure{multilimits}{4}
>>>
-
-
\Section{Format}
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
@@ -21610,7 +19006,6 @@
\Section{Align}
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1\endalign{%%
@@ -21638,7 +19033,6 @@
\Section{Gather}
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1\endgather{\Mk:ialign:end
@@ -21649,7 +19043,6 @@
\NewConfigure{gather}{6}
>>>
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\Mk:ialign:end#1#2#3#4#5{%
\csname a:#2\endcsname
@@ -21673,7 +19066,6 @@
{\csname f:#2\endcsname }%
>>>
-
\<amstex.tex gather pattern\><<<
$\m at th\displaystyle{#}$%
&\maketag@#\maketag@
@@ -21681,17 +19073,8 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%GATHER
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Matrix}
-
-
-
-
\<amstex.tex matrix\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:matrix{\vcenter\bgroup
@@ -21731,9 +19114,6 @@
\NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
\def\pic:MkHalign#1{%
\csname a:#1\endcsname
@@ -21752,8 +19132,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
-
\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
\def\SaveMkHalignConf:g#1{\SaveMkHalignConfig
\edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{MkHalign} {} {}
@@ -21764,19 +19142,8 @@
{\expandafter\noexpand\csname f:#1\endcsname }}\:temp}
>>>
-
% \global\let\TailTD|=\:UnDef
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<amstex.tex matrix\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\pmatrix
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:pmatrix}
@@ -21787,60 +19154,21 @@
\NewConfigure{pmatrix}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\Section{Align}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Cases}
% \def\cases{\bgroup\spreadmlines@\jot\left\{\,\matrix\format\l&\quad\l\\}
% \def\endcases{\endmatrix\right.\egroup}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<amstex.tex cases\><<<
\pend:def\cases{\a:cases\MkHformat}
\append:def\endcases{\b:cases}
\NewConfigure{cases}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Others}
-
-
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\bmatrix
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:bmatrix}
@@ -21863,27 +19191,16 @@
\NewConfigure{Vmatrix}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{amstex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\frac
\pend:defII\:temp{\a:frac}
@@ -21922,9 +19239,6 @@
\NewConfigure{boxed}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Incomplete}
\<body of amstex.tex\><<<
@@ -21939,10 +19253,6 @@
\NewConfigure{linebreak}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:gathered{\vcenter\bgroup
@@ -21963,10 +19273,8 @@
\def\insplit@{\let\halign|=\TeXhalign \:insplit}
>>>
-
\Section{Aligned}
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:aligned@{\bgroup
@@ -22003,11 +19311,6 @@
\NewConfigure{botaligned}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign
\RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:alignedat}
@@ -22024,12 +19327,8 @@
\catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Aligned At}
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1!2\endalignat{%
@@ -22047,7 +19346,6 @@
\:temp |%\MkHalign#{\preamble@@}...\EndMkHalign |%
>>>
-
\<amstex.tex alignat get pattern\><<<
\hashtoks@{#}|<inany at true|>\xat at false
|<tag for alignat amstex.tex|>%
@@ -22063,9 +19361,6 @@
\advance\count@\m at ne \repeat\tag@}%
>>>
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1!2\endxalignat{%
@@ -22078,7 +19373,6 @@
\NewConfigure{xalignat}{6}
>>>
-
\<amstex.tex xalignat get pattern\><<<
\hashtoks@{#}|<inany at true|>\xat at true
|<tag for xalignat amstex.tex|>%
@@ -22088,7 +19382,6 @@
\pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}%
>>>
-
\<tag for xalignat amstex.tex\><<<
\def\tag{\global\tag at true\def\tag@{}\count@!1\relax
\multiply\count@\tw@
@@ -22096,13 +19389,6 @@
\xdef\tag@{&\tag@}\advance\count@\m at ne\repeat\tag@}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1!2\endxxalignat{%
@@ -22115,7 +19401,6 @@
\NewConfigure{xxalignat}{6}
>>>
-
\<amstex.tex xxalignat get pattern\><<<
\hashtoks@{#}|<inany at true|> \measuring at false \Let@
{\let\@lign=\empty \xxattag@{!1}}%
@@ -22138,8 +19423,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<restore ams equationNO\><<<
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef
\HRestore\equation
@@ -22155,9 +19438,6 @@
\Section{Multiline}
-
-
-
\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\endmultline
\append:def\:tempc{\b:multline}
@@ -22185,21 +19465,16 @@
\HLet\rendmultline@|=\:tempc
>>>
-
\<multline amstex.tex pattern\><<<
\Let@\hbox{$\m at th\displaystyle\hfil{}#$}%
>>>
-
-
-
%----------------------------- amsppt.sty -----------------------
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{amsppt.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<if not amsppt.sty\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname amsppt.sty\endcsname\relax
>>>
@@ -22213,9 +19488,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<amsppt.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% amsppt.4ht |version %
@@ -22238,28 +19510,18 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsppt}
-
-
In older files the ams-logo is printer at the first page,
possibly before \''\endmatters'. This can be a problem if
the \''\EndPreamble' stuff is pushed to the second page.
-
-
-
-
-
\<set amsppt.sty\><<<
\append:def\block{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \:block
\pend:def\endblock{\end:block} \fi}
\NewConfigure{block}{2}
>>>
-
-
\Section{Captions}
-
\<captions in amsppt.sty\><<<
\append:def\@ins{\def\vspace##1{\vskip##1\relax}%
\def\captionwidth##1{\captionwidth@##1\relax}}
@@ -22280,7 +19542,6 @@
\Section{Lists (Rosters}
-
without the par below we get an extra \''<P>' when \''\nextii@' applies in \''\roster'
\<roster in amsppt.sty\><<<
@@ -22301,7 +19562,6 @@
\a:itembox@ \therosteritem@ \b:itembox@ \expandafter\:gobbleII\fi}
>>>
-
\<roster in amsppt.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{roster}[4]{\def\:temp{#1#2#3#4}\ifx \:temp\empty
\else \def\a:roster{\ii:conf#1}\def\b:roster{#2}%
@@ -22325,8 +19585,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\Section{Bibliography}
\SubSection{Introduce Hooks}
@@ -22369,8 +19627,6 @@
\endref: }
>>>
-
-
\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
\pend:def\ref{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}\a:ref}
\append:def\endref{\b:ref}
@@ -22430,14 +19686,10 @@
\SubSection{Initialize the Hooks}
-
So far the hooks have been initialized to do nothing.
-
-
\SubSection{Fix}
-
\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\makerefbox#1#2#3{\endgraf
\setbox\z@\lastbox
@@ -22454,9 +19706,6 @@
The original file has the code \`'\setbox\curbox\box \ifdim\wd\@ne>\z@ \@ne \else\voidb at x\fi'. That code is problematic because we can reach widths
larger than can be measured by the \`'\wd' command.
-
-
-
\Section{Sectioning}
\<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<<
@@ -22475,8 +19724,6 @@
The space above the title is needed to separate it from the `typset by AMS-TeX'
that is automatically printed.
-
-
\<sectioning in amsppt.styNO\><<<
\pend:def\endproclaim{\IgnorePar}
\append:def\endproclaim{\ShowPar}
@@ -22488,11 +19735,6 @@
\def\endproclaim{\revert at envir\endproclaim\c:proclaim \par\rm}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
% \def\chapterno@{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\chaptercount@}}
%
% \def\chapter{\let\savedef@\chapter
@@ -22558,9 +19800,6 @@
\let\ams:subsubhead|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Everypar}
% group on #2 for fonts
@@ -22577,21 +19816,14 @@
\HtmlPar \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}\fi}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Footnotes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<set amsppt.styNO\><<<
\let\makefootnote@|=\vfootnote
>>>
-
-
\<footnotes in amsppt.styNO\><<<
\let\footmarkform@|=\:gobble
\let\thefootnotemark|=\footmarkform@
@@ -22602,7 +19834,6 @@
\HAssign\FNnum|=0
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Top Matter}
@@ -22639,7 +19870,6 @@
\def\c:toc:{\Configure{TableOfContents}}
>>>
-
\<insert amstex.tex toc title\><<<
\ifmonograph@\else
\centerline{\headfont@\ignorespaces\toc:title\unskip}\nobreak
@@ -22707,9 +19937,6 @@
\toc:list
>>>
-
-
-
\<move footnotes down\><<<
\ifmonograph@\else
\ifx \preabstract\relax \let\preabstract|=\empty\fi
@@ -22728,22 +19955,18 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{subjclass}{2}
\NewConfigure{thanks}{2}
\NewConfigure{keywords}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<neutralize line\><<<
\let\:predate|=\predate
\def\predate{\:predate
\let\sv:line|=\line \def\line{\let\line|=\sv:line\hbox}}%
>>>
-
\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:author|=\author
\def\author#1\endauthor{\:author{\a:author#1\b:author}\endauthor}
@@ -22753,7 +19976,6 @@
\NewConfigure{author}{2}
>>>
-
\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:affil|=\affil
\def\affil#1\endaffil{\:affil{\a:affil#1\b:affil}\endaffil}
@@ -22791,7 +20013,6 @@
\Configure{toc} {}{}{} {}{}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{EndDocument}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -22805,7 +20026,6 @@
The above is to prevent spilling of fonts when hfonts are defined.
-
Why the if below????
\<set amsppt.styNO\><<<
@@ -22822,19 +20042,16 @@
\Part{Packages}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Bibliography}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{BibTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Link[http://pertsserver.cs.uiuc.edu/\string ~hull/bib2html/]{}{}bib2html\EndLink
-
\<bibtex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% bibtex.4ht |version %
@@ -22851,7 +20068,6 @@
\endinput
>>>
-
\<save cat codes\><<<
\expandafter\ifx\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\let\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname=\empty
@@ -22908,9 +20124,6 @@
\catcode`\@=11\relax
>>>
-
-
-
\<parse fields\><<<
\def\cont:parse{\futurelet\:next\cont:parseY}
\def\cont:parseY{%
@@ -23018,8 +20231,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{bibtopic.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -23083,12 +20294,10 @@
\csname b:cite\endcsname}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{harvard.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<harvard.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% harvard.4ht |version %
@@ -23099,7 +20308,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{harvard}
-
\<config harvard\><<<
\long\def\harvardcite#1#2#3#4{%
\global\@namedef{HAR at fn@#1}{\cIteLink{X#1}{}#2\EndcIteLink}%
@@ -23130,9 +20338,6 @@
\NewConfigure{harvardyear}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{jurabib.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -23157,7 +20362,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{jurabib}
-
\<jurabib links\><<<
\def\hyper at jblinkstart#1{\a:jblink{#1}{}%
\PushMacro\hyper at jblinkstart
@@ -23168,10 +20372,8 @@
\def\hyper at jblinkend{\PopMacro\hyper at jblinkstart \b:jblink}
>>>
-
The following don't work (since 2005?) because of nested links.
-
\Verbatim
\def\hyper at jblinkstart#1{\a:jblink{#1}{}}
\def\hyper at jblinkend{\b:jblink}
@@ -23199,14 +20401,9 @@
\hyper at jblinkend
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
Also, juralib uses links with prefixes `look@'---they are problematic because
the `@' is not allowed in XML ids.
-
-
\<jurabib links\><<<
\def\hyper at jbanchorstart#1{\a:jbanchor{}{#1}}
\def\hyper at jbanchorend{\b:jbanchor}
@@ -23214,8 +20411,6 @@
\NewConfigure{jbanchor}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<jurabib footnote\><<<
\ifx \@footnotetext\:UnDef\else
\let\ju:footnotetext|=\@footnotetext
@@ -23238,13 +20433,10 @@
\expandafter\HLet\csname jbrangle \endcsname\:temp
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{natbib.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<natbib.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% natbib.4ht |version %
@@ -23272,8 +20464,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{natbib}
-
-
The following protection is needed for
\Verbatim
@@ -23318,7 +20508,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<\><<<
\let\o:NAT at citexnum:\NAT at citexnum
\def\NAT at citexnum[#1][#2]#3{%
@@ -23329,8 +20518,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<hyperref for natbib\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname hyper at linkstart\endcsname\relax
\def\hyper at linkstart#1#2{%
@@ -23358,7 +20545,6 @@
{\NAT at longnamesfalse\ht at citet}}
>>>
-
\<natbib numbers\><<<
\def\setb:anc#1{\let\sv:anc\AnchorLabel
\def\bib:anc{\Link{}{bibitem\the
@@ -23368,7 +20554,6 @@
\def\nb at link#1{\Protect\Link{bibitem#1}{}#1\Protect\EndLink}
>>>
-
\<natbib numbers\><<<
\let\nat:lbibitem\@lbibitem
\def\@lbibitem{%
@@ -23379,7 +20564,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<natbib numbers\><<<
\catcode`\:|=12
\def\ht at citet#1{\def\NAT at num{-1}\let\NAT at last@yr\relax\let\NAT at nm\@empty
@@ -23485,7 +20669,6 @@
\catcode`\:|=11
>>>
-
\<nb link\><<<
\csname nb:link\endcsname
>>>
@@ -23494,17 +20677,12 @@
\Chapter{Languages}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{babel.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://babel.alis.com:8080/]{}{}Create your own multilingual Web\EndLink
-
\<babel.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% babel.4ht |version %
@@ -23516,9 +20694,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{babel}
-
-
-
\<babel.def\><<<
|<bbl at redefine|>
|<bbl at redefinerobust|>
@@ -23528,8 +20703,6 @@
|<set at low@box|>
>>>
-
-
\<set at low@box\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\HCode{<sub>}{\let\/=\empty#1}\HCode{</sub>}}
\HLet\set at low@box|=\:tempc
@@ -23544,7 +20717,6 @@
% \expandafter\def\csname glqq \endcsname{\HCode{&\#132;}}
% \expandafter\def\csname glq \endcsname{\HCode{&\#130;}}
-
\<robust babel\><<<
\def\@newl at bel#1#2{{\:SUBOff\:SUPOff \@safe at activestrue
\xdef\:temp{\noexpand\n:wlbl{#1}{#2}}}\:temp }
@@ -23552,7 +20724,6 @@
\append:defI\l:bel{\Protect\@safe at activesfalse}
>>>
-
\<bbl at redefine\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
\edef\bbl at tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}%
@@ -23570,7 +20741,6 @@
\edef\:temp{\noexpand\@b:bitem{#1}}\@safe at activesfalse\:temp}
>>>
-
\<bbl at redefinerobust\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
\edef\bbl at tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}%
@@ -23587,7 +20757,6 @@
\let\ref|=\:ref
>>>
-
\<babel.def\><<<
\def\active:prefix#1{\protect#1}
\def\:temp#1{%
@@ -23613,7 +20782,6 @@
\Section{CJK}
%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<CJK.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% CJK.4ht |version %
@@ -23631,7 +20799,6 @@
\append:defI\CJK at input{\CJK:ccode}
>>>
-
\<CJK config\><<<
\long\def\CJKboldshift{0em{}\:gobble}
\expandafter
@@ -23645,7 +20812,6 @@
\NewConfigure{CJKbold}{2}
>>>
-
\<CJK config\><<<
\let\o:CJK at envStart:=\CJK at envStart
\pend:defIII\CJK at envStart{%
@@ -23658,10 +20824,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{arabtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -23677,7 +20839,6 @@
% \endinput
% >>> \AddFile{8}{Arabicore}
-
\<arabicore.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% arabicore.4ht |version %
@@ -23689,8 +20850,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{arabicore}
-
-
\<arabicore configs\><<<
\let\ht:everypar\o at everypar
\Configure{Lregion}{}{}
@@ -23698,10 +20857,6 @@
%\def\bbl at arabi{\ifvmode\relax\else\HCode{<span dir="rtl">}\fi}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Farsi}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -23717,8 +20872,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{lfeenc}
-
-
\<cp1256.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp1256.4ht |version %
@@ -23729,7 +20882,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{cp1256}
-
\<8859-6.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% 8859-6.4ht |version %
@@ -23747,8 +20899,6 @@
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{arabtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -23763,7 +20913,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{alatex}
-
\<alatex body\><<<
\ifx \undefined \LaTeX \xpa \endinput \fi
\endinput
@@ -23800,10 +20949,6 @@
\Section{Right-to-Left Babel}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
\<rlbabel.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% rlbabel.4ht |version %
@@ -23814,11 +20959,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{rlbabel}
-
-
-
-
-
\<rlbabel def\><<<
\let\ht:everypar|=\o at everypar
\def\L{\protect\pL}
@@ -23855,7 +20995,6 @@
\NewConfigure{moreL}{2}
>>>
-
\<rlbabel def\><<<
\NewConfigure{$$}[3]{%
\def\a:display{\bgroup#1}%
@@ -23870,7 +21009,6 @@
\Configure{$$}{\rl:a:display}{\rl:b:display}{\rl:c:display}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{hebtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -23890,10 +21028,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{hebtex}
-
-
-
-
\<hebtex body\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\arabtext
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:arabtext}
@@ -23907,7 +21041,6 @@
\HLet\hebtex \arabtext \HLet\endhebtex \endarabtext
>>>
-
\<hebtex body\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\a at arab@codes
\pend:def\:tempc{%
@@ -23934,7 +21067,6 @@
\NewConfigure{arabtext}{4}
>>>
-
\<hebtex body\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:chireq} \HLet \put at chireq=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{chireq}{1}
@@ -23976,8 +21108,6 @@
\NewConfigure{sindot}{1}
>>>
-
-
\<abidir.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% abidir.4ht |version %
@@ -23988,7 +21118,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{abidir}
-
\<arabtex bidir\><<<
\def\a at Rinsert#1{%
\leavevmode \a:RL\vbox{\everypar{}\a at sequence {#1}}\b:RL }
@@ -24007,10 +21136,6 @@
% \append:defI\a@@Rinsert{\egroup\b:RL}}
% \HLet\a at RL|=\:tempc
-
-
-
-
\<hewrite.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% hewrite.4ht |version %
@@ -24021,7 +21146,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{hewrite}
-
\<reverse hebrew words\><<<
\def\:temp #1#2+#3*#4<{%
\def \next {\heb at mid #4}%
@@ -24077,9 +21201,6 @@
\NewConfigure{hewrite}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\<aoutput.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% aoutput.4ht |version %
@@ -24113,7 +21234,6 @@
\HLet\put at word|=\:tempc
>>>
-
\<reverse sentences\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
\ifa at space \putlineb at x
@@ -24125,10 +21245,6 @@
\HLet\add at word|=\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
-
% \def\put:word {%
% \setbox\wordb at x \hbox {\e:RL \unhcopy \wordb at x \f:RL }%
% \setbox \a at tempb@x \hbox
@@ -24142,14 +21258,11 @@
% \pend:defI\:tempc{\HLet\put at word|=\put:word }
% \HLet\a@@Rinsert|=\:tempc
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{koi8-r}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<koi8-r.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% koi8-r.4ht |version %
@@ -24159,14 +21272,11 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{koi8-r}
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{latin2}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<latin2.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% latin2.4ht |version %
@@ -24176,15 +21286,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{6}{latin2}
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{frenchb.ldf}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
% \<frenchb.4ht\><<<
% % frenchb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
@@ -24195,9 +21300,6 @@
% \endinput
% >>> \AddFile{8}{frenchb}
-
-
-
% \<declare frenchb shorthand\><<<
% \def\frenchb:shorthand#1#2#3#4{%
% \ifhmode
@@ -24208,9 +21310,6 @@
% \fi \fi }
% >>>
-
-
-
% \<frenchb nbsp\><<<
% \def\:temp{\leavevmode \nobreak \csname a:system-nbsp\endcsname\ \csname
% b:system-nbsp\endcsname}
@@ -24243,7 +21342,6 @@
% }
% >>>
-
% \<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<<
% \AtBeginDocument{%
% \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP at colonspace}\string :}%
@@ -24251,8 +21349,6 @@
% }
% >>>
-
-
% \Verbatim
% \declare at shorthand{frenchb}{:}{%
% \ifhmode
@@ -24265,7 +21361,6 @@
% \string:}
% \EndVerbatim
-
% \Verbatim
% \declare at shorthand{french}{:}{%
% \ifhmode
@@ -24278,7 +21373,6 @@
% \string:}
% \EndVerbatim
-
% The following is for code such as
% \Verbatim
@@ -24296,7 +21390,6 @@
% \end{document}
% \EndVerbatim
-
% \<frenchb nbsp\><<<
% \catcode`\:=13
% \expandafter\let\csname protect\string:\endcsname=:
@@ -24305,7 +21398,6 @@
% \catcode`\:=11
% >>>
-
% \`=With the package « \usepackage[francais]{babel} », every `;' `:' ...
% must be preceded by an unbreakable space. This works okay for the
% input `a:' and `a :', but for `a~:' TeX4ht introduces _2_ unbreakable
@@ -24321,9 +21413,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{frenchb}
-
-
-
\<declare frenchb shorthand\><<<
\def\frenchb:shorthand#1#2#3#4{%
\ifhmode
@@ -24334,9 +21423,6 @@
\fi \fi }
>>>
-
-
-
\<frenchb nbsp\><<<
\def\:temp{\leavevmode \nobreak \csname a:system-nbsp\endcsname\ \csname
b:system-nbsp\endcsname}
@@ -24369,7 +21455,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
\def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP at colonspace}\string :}%
@@ -24377,8 +21462,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\Verbatim
\declare at shorthand{frenchb}{:}{%
\ifhmode
@@ -24391,7 +21474,6 @@
\string:}
\EndVerbatim
-
\Verbatim
\declare at shorthand{french}{:}{%
\ifhmode
@@ -24404,7 +21486,6 @@
\string:}
\EndVerbatim
-
The following is for code such as
\Verbatim
@@ -24422,7 +21503,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
\<frenchb nbsp\><<<
\catcode`\:=13
\expandafter\let\csname protect\string:\endcsname=:
@@ -24431,14 +21511,11 @@
\catcode`\:=11
>>>
-
\`=With the package « \usepackage[francais]{babel} », every `;' `:' ...
must be preceded by an unbreakable space. This works okay for the
input `a:' and `a :', but for `a~:' TeX4ht introduces _2_ unbreakable
spaces instead of one.=
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{german.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -24455,8 +21532,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{german}
-
-
\<german accents\><<<
\ifx \@begindocumenthook\:UnDef\else
\:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else
@@ -24470,7 +21545,6 @@
% \expandafter
% \def\csname glq \endcsname{\HCode{&}\HChar{35}\HCode{8218;}}
-
\Verbatim
> A minor problem showed up with hyphenation hints. In the german
@@ -24487,13 +21561,10 @@
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ngerman.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<ngerman.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ngerman.4ht |version %
@@ -24505,9 +21576,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{ngerman}
-
-
-
\<germanb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% germanb.4ht |version %
@@ -24518,8 +21586,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{germanb}
-
-
\<ngermanb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ngermanb.4ht |version %
@@ -24530,12 +21596,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ngermanb}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<config germanb\><<<
\def\:tempc{\penalty \@M -\csname a:german"=\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname german at sh@\string"@=@\endcsname \:tempc
@@ -24550,13 +21610,6 @@
\Configure{german""}{}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<config ngermanb\><<<
\def\:tempc{\penalty \@M -\csname a:german"=\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname ngerman at sh@\string"@=@\endcsname \:tempc
@@ -24571,12 +21624,6 @@
\Configure{german""}{}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
In bermanb.ldf, the above configurations contain \Verb!\hskip 0pt!
(to avoid/allow line breaks ???). They can cause unwanted line
breaks in hypertext.
@@ -24612,9 +21659,6 @@
\EndHPage{}
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{manju}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -24632,21 +21676,15 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{manju}
-
-
\<manju hooks\><<<
\renewcommand{\mabosoo}[1]{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
\bosoo{{\bth #1}}\fi}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{italian}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<italian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% italian.4ht |version %
@@ -24657,8 +21695,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{italian}
-
-
\<italian 4ht\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname bbl at ap \endcsname#1{%
\textormath{\textsuperscript{#1}}{{\HCode{}}\sp{\mathrm{#1}}}}%
@@ -24671,8 +21707,6 @@
\Section{french}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<french.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% french.4ht |version %
@@ -24687,8 +21721,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{french}
-
-
\<french 4ht\><<<
\let\:GOfrench|=\GOfrench
\def\GOfrench{\:GOfrench \let\:GOfrench|=\:UnDef%
@@ -24719,14 +21751,10 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Verbatim}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{verbatimfiles.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -24741,8 +21769,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{verbatimfiles}
-
-
\<verbatimfiles.sty code\><<<
\pend:defI\verbatimlisting{\a:verbatimlisting\bgroup
\pend:def\thelineno{\c:verbatimlisting}
@@ -24755,12 +21781,9 @@
\Section{verbatim.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty]{}{}%
verbatim.sty\EndLink
-
-
\<verbatim.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% verbatim.4ht |version %
@@ -24771,7 +21794,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{verbatim}
-
\<verbatim.sty code\><<<
\pend:def\endverbatim{\Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}}
\pend:def\verbatiminput{\a:verbatiminput \list:save \begingroup
@@ -24780,16 +21802,11 @@
\NewConfigure{verbatiminput}{2}
>>>
-
-
\Section{moreverb.sty}
-
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/moreverb.sty]{}{}%
moreverb.sty\EndLink
-
-
\<moreverb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% moreverb.4ht |version %
@@ -24806,7 +21823,6 @@
|<moreverb.sty shared config|>
>>>
-
\<fix moreverb\><<<
\pend:def\endverbatimtab{\ht:everypar{}}
\pend:def\verbatimtab{\bgroup
@@ -24817,13 +21833,11 @@
\NewConfigure{verbatimtab}{2}
>>>
-
\<fix moreverb\><<<
\def\boxedverbatim{\verbatim}
\def\endboxedverbatim{\endverbatim}
>>>
-
\<fix moreverb\><<<
\let\:listinginput|=\@listinginput
\def\@listinginput{\a:listinginput\begingroup
@@ -24832,13 +21846,10 @@
\:listinginput}
>>>
-
-
\<moreverb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{listinginput}{2}
>>>
-
\<moreverb.sty\><<<
\let\o:verbatimtabinput:=\verbatimtabinput
\def\verbatimtabinput{\a:verbatimtabinput\begingroup
@@ -24849,20 +21860,11 @@
\NewConfigure{verbatimtabinput}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{fancyvrb.sty}
-
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/fancyvrb.sty]{}{}%
fancyvrb.sty\EndLink
-
-
\<fancyvrb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% fancyvrb.4ht |version %
@@ -24874,19 +21876,13 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{fancyvrb}
-
-
-
-
\<fancyvrb.sty\><<<
|<fix fancyvrb|>
|<fancyvrb.sty shared config|>
>>>
-
\SubSection{Verbatim}
-
\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\pend:def\FV at FormattingPrep{|<find color for fancyvrb|>}
\append:def\FV at FormattingPrep{\a:fancyvrb
@@ -24897,7 +21893,6 @@
\''\FV at RightListNumber' not recognized in ttct.cls with test.tex. Why?
-
\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\FV at ListProcessLine#1{%
\hbox{\c:fancyvrb \anc:lbl r{FancyVerbLine}\FV at LeftListNumber
@@ -24916,27 +21911,17 @@
The command
\''\@endparenv' will complain if encounter in horizontal mode.
-
-
-
-
\`'\Configure{fancyvrb}
{before-env} {after-env} {before-line} {after-line} {before-text}
{after-text}'---beween end points of lines, and of tex, we can have
line numbers.
-
-
\<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{fancyvrb}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Verb}
-
\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active%
@@ -24953,7 +21938,6 @@
\endgroup
>>>
-
\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\FV at UseVerb#1{\mbox{\FV at UseKeyValues
\let\a:fancyvrb|=\empty \FV at FormattingPrep
@@ -24962,9 +21946,6 @@
\SubSection{Colors}
-
-
-
\<find color for fancyvrb\><<<
\let\fv:color|=\empty
\ifx \color\:UnDef\else\Configure{color}{\xdef\fv:color}\fi
@@ -24993,7 +21974,6 @@
\Configure{SetHColor}#1{##1}}}
>>>
-
\<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{fancyvrbcolor}{3}
>>>
@@ -25023,16 +22003,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{fancyvrbframe}{6}
>>>
Frame up/left/down/right/thickness/padding
-
We get duplications, because we don't know the order of parameters
(e.g., \`'\begin{Verbatim}% [frame=single,framerule=1mm]'), and even
which ones are present at all.
@@ -25076,8 +22052,6 @@
\SubSection{Verbatim in Footnores}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\V@@footnotetext{%
\leavevmode
@@ -25101,10 +22075,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<fix fancyvrbNO\><<<
\pend:def\V@@footnotetext{%
\let\FNmark|=\@thefnmark
@@ -25120,15 +22090,10 @@
\append:def\V@@@footnotetext{\end:fverb\endgroup}
>>>
-
-
We mimic, and using components from, the standard verbatim environment
of LaTeX. The \''\:gobbleII' is for getting rid of the
\`'\insert\footins'.
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Slides}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -25137,8 +22102,6 @@
\Section{Prosper}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<prosper.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% prosper.4ht |version %
@@ -25156,8 +22119,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{prosper}
-
-
The prosper class loads the article and seminar classes, and then its
own definitions.
@@ -25177,7 +22138,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{prosper-a}
-
The prosper class loads hyperref before tex4ht. Hence:
\<shared prosper code\><<<
@@ -25205,8 +22165,6 @@
\def\enumerate{\hyp:enumerate\@nmbrlistfalse}
>>>
-
-
\<pre mid 2001 prosper\><<<
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
|<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
@@ -25218,7 +22176,6 @@
\egroup \let\maketitle\empty}
>>>
-
\<mid 2001 prosper\><<<
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
|<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
@@ -25252,7 +22209,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<pre mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup\><<<
\if\@Subtitle.\else
\pend:def\@Subtitle{\a:Subtitle}%
@@ -25265,15 +22221,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<shared prosper code\><<<
\NewConfigure{Subtitle}{2}
\NewConfigure{email}{2}
\NewConfigure{institution}{2}
>>>
-
\<shared prosper code\><<<
\let\part=\relax
\newcommand{\part}[2][\@defaultTransition]{%
@@ -25305,7 +22258,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<shared prosper code\><<<
\def\@addBookmarkOnSlide#1#2{%
\ifnum#1=0
@@ -25343,8 +22295,6 @@
\NewConfigure{slidetitle}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Powerdot}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -25375,13 +22325,10 @@
% \HRestore\maketitle
-
A \''\relax' is prepended to the start of the definitions
\`'\@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd at display\pd at slide\fi}' provided within
\`'\def\pd at pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{...}'.
-
-
\<powerdot code\><<<
\pend:defI\pd at getargsandbody{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname set:env:##1\endcsname\relax
@@ -25395,8 +22342,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<powerdot code\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
|<hooks for slide titles|>%
@@ -25410,7 +22355,6 @@
\NewConfigure{slidetitle}{2}
>>>
-
\<hooks for slide titles\><<<
\let\sv:rput\rput
\def\rput[##1](##2)##3{\def\:temp{\pd@@titlepos}\def\:tempa{##2}%
@@ -25455,13 +22399,10 @@
\Section{beamer}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Beamer}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<beamer.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% beamer.4ht |version %
@@ -25482,11 +22423,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{beamer}
-
-
-
-
-
\<shared conf beamer\><<<
|<beamer title page|>
|<beamer sections|>
@@ -25506,7 +22442,6 @@
\def\beamer at instinst#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst\ignorespaces}
>>>
-
\<conf beamer 0.3\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
\a:titlepage
@@ -25524,7 +22459,6 @@
\append:def\titlepage{\b:titlepage}
>>>
-
\<conf beamer 0.8\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
\a:titlepage
@@ -25542,7 +22476,6 @@
\append:def\titlepage{\b:titlepage}
>>>
-
\<beamer title page\><<<
\NewConfigure{titlepage}{2}
\NewConfigure{title}{2}
@@ -25566,7 +22499,6 @@
}}
>>>
-
\<beamer toc entry\><<<
\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry
\string\toc#1{#2}{%
@@ -25576,8 +22508,6 @@
}%
>>>
-
-
\<beamer toc\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\:TOC{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\:TableOfContents
@@ -25600,10 +22530,6 @@
\NewConfigure{subsectionintoc}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<conf beamer 0.3\><<<
\let\o:subsection:\subsection
\def\subsection#1{%
@@ -25614,8 +22540,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<conf beamer 0.8\><<<
\let\o:@subsection:\@subsection
\def\@subsection[#1]#2{%
@@ -25626,7 +22550,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<beamer sections\><<<
\let\o:@section:\@section
\def\@section[#1]#2{%
@@ -25636,7 +22559,6 @@
|<cond undo delayed sect|>%
}
-
\let\o:untitledsubsection:\untitledsubsection
\def\untitledsubsection#1{%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter
@@ -25659,8 +22581,6 @@
\global\sl:toks={}\be:frameslide}
>>>
-
-
If sec at slide is configured, the section are subsection commands are
transported into the slide blocks.
@@ -25671,7 +22591,6 @@
\fi\fi
>>>
-
\<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<<
\pend:def\@beginblocktemplate{\a:blocktitle}
\append:def\@beginblocktemplate{\b:blocktitle}
@@ -25682,8 +22601,6 @@
\NewConfigure{blocktitle}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<<
\pend:defI\frametitle{\bgroup
\pend:def\@headrenderer{\a:frametitle}%
@@ -25702,12 +22619,10 @@
\NewConfigure{structure}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{beamerbasetoc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<beamerbasetoc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% beamerbasetoc.4ht |version %
@@ -25718,19 +22633,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{beamerbasetoc}
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{beamerbasefont}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<beamerbasefont.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% beamerbasefont.4ht |version %
@@ -25758,13 +22664,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{beamerbasefont}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{seminar.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<seminar.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% seminar.4ht |version %
@@ -25782,10 +22685,8 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{seminar}
-
The seminar class loads the article class, and then its own definitions.
-
\<seminar-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% seminar-a.4ht |version %
@@ -25796,7 +22697,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{seminar-a}
-
\<seminar code\><<<
\def\begin at slide[#1,#2]{\begingroup
\slide at clearpage \slidetrue \leavevmode \refstepcounter{slide}%
@@ -25805,18 +22705,10 @@
\def\end at slide{\endgroup}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{slides.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<slides.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% slides.4ht |version %
@@ -25827,7 +22719,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{slides}
-
\<conf slides\><<<
\def\btn:s{%
\advance\c at slide by -1
@@ -25876,13 +22767,10 @@
\NewConfigure{enumiii}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{foils.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<foils.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% foils.4ht |version %
@@ -25899,7 +22787,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{foils}
-
\<foils configs\><<<
\pend:def\maketitle{\par\a:mktl\begingroup
@@ -25927,12 +22814,10 @@
\c:def\a:date{#3}\c:def\b:date{#4}}
>>>
-
\<is not foils.cls\><<<
\@ifclassloaded{foils}{\:Optionfalse}{}
>>>>
-
\<foils configs\><<<
\NewSection\foilhead{}
\let\:foilhead|=\@foilhead
@@ -25948,7 +22833,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<foils configs\><<<
@@ -25983,13 +22867,8 @@
\HLet\thanks|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
Do we need the following?
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{slidesec.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -26042,7 +22921,6 @@
\c at slide}\relax}}\:temp
}}
-
\Hinput{slidesec}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{slidesec}
@@ -26061,7 +22939,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{texpower}
-
\<undo texpower\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname\string\@stepwise at TP\endcsname[#1]{}
\def\step#1{#1}
@@ -26177,21 +23054,14 @@
\append:def\pause{\par\ShowPar}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Drawing Utilities and Colors}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{xy.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<xy.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% xy.4ht |version %
@@ -26238,7 +23108,6 @@
\HLet\xyFN@\:tempc
>>>
-
\<config xyv2\><<<
\let\xy:diagram|=\diagram
\def\diagram{\a:diagram \xy:diag}
@@ -26246,7 +23115,6 @@
\NewConfigure{diagram}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{PicTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -26257,9 +23125,6 @@
\`'\def\beginpicture{\setbox\!picbox=\hbox\bgroup....}
\def\endpicture{... \egroup....}', and it allows nested pictures.
-
-
-
\<pictex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% pictex.4ht |version %
@@ -26280,19 +23145,12 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pictex}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Diagrams.tex}
By
\Link[http://www.dcs.qmw.ac.uk/\string
~pt/diagrams/index.html]{}{}Paul Taylor \EndLink
-
\<diagrams.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% diagrams.4ht |version %
@@ -26306,18 +23164,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{diagrams}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{PsTricks}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<pstricks.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% pstricks.4ht |version %
@@ -26340,10 +23190,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pstricks}
-
-
-
-
\<pst-all.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% pst-all.4ht |version %
@@ -26353,10 +23199,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pst-all}
-
-
-
-
\<pstricks configs\><<<
\pend:def\psframebox at ii{\a:pspicture}
\append:def\psframebox at ii{\b:pspicture}
@@ -26375,8 +23217,6 @@
\HLet\pst at makenotverbbox\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<pstricks pspicture\><<<
\pend:def\pst at picture{\global\let\pst:EndPicture\EndPicture
\let\EndPicture=\empty}
@@ -26385,10 +23225,6 @@
\HAssign\ps:level=0
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<pre 2006 pstricks\><<<
\def\endpspicture{%
\pst at killglue
@@ -26415,8 +23251,6 @@
\endgroup}
>>>
-
-
\<since 2006 pstricks\><<<
\def\endpspicture{%
\pst at killglue
@@ -26443,8 +23277,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<since 2008 pstricks\><<<
\def\endpspicture{%
\pst at killglue
@@ -26472,17 +23304,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<pspicture img\><<<
\ifnum \ps:level=0
\let\EndPicture\pst:EndPicture
@@ -26495,9 +23316,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<rput pspicture\><<<
\def\rput at iv(#1){\pst at killglue \gHAdvance\ps:level by 1
\pst at makebox{\gHAdvance\ps:level by -1 \rput at v{#1}}}
@@ -26518,14 +23336,11 @@
\endgroup \ignorespaces}
>>>
-
-
A search on \`'\psput@{#1}\pst at hbox' show a few other locations
needing a similar code: \''\Rput', \''\uput', and \''\cput'.
When it is coming to paragraph breaks, they are all problematic
(because they move text around?).
-
\<rput fix\><<<
\def\psput at cartesian##1{%
\hbox to \pst at dimg{{\vbox to \pst at dimh{\vss\box##1}\hss}}}%
@@ -26540,7 +23355,6 @@
\psput@{#1}\pst at hbox\b:pspicture
>>>
-
\<rput warningNO\><<<
\ifdim \pst at dimg<2pt
\:warning{pspicture might fail within \noexpand\rput
@@ -26551,15 +23365,10 @@
\fi\fi
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{epsf.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<epsf.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% epsf.4ht |version %
@@ -26582,9 +23391,6 @@
\NewConfigure{epsfsetgraph}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{psfig.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -26604,7 +23410,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{psfig}
-
\<verify /psfig is from psfig.sty\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\vbox { \ps at init@parms \parse at ps@parms {#1} \compute at sizes \ifnum
\@p at scost <\@psdraft { \PsfigSpecials \vbox to \@p at srheight sp{ \hbox
@@ -26616,9 +23421,6 @@
\ifx \psfig\:temp\else \expandafter\endinput \fi
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{epsfig.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -26626,9 +23428,6 @@
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/epsfig.sty]{}{}%
epsfig.sty\EndLink.
-
-
-
\<epsfig.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% epsfig.4ht |version %
@@ -26642,12 +23441,8 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{epsfig}
-
Redefines \Verb+\psfig+ in terms of \Verb+\includegraphics+ of graphicx.
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{graphics.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -26655,8 +23450,6 @@
\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty]{}{}%
graphics.sty\EndLink.
-
-
\<graphics.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% graphics.4ht |version %
@@ -26723,14 +23516,12 @@
\let\G:cnfg|=\relax
>>>
-
%\expandafter\def\csname c:graphics-file:\endcsname#1{\Gin at drafttrue
% \def\Gin at setfile##1##2##3{%
% \def\:temp####1####2{#1}\:temp{##3}{\Gin at base}}}
%\pend:defI\Ginclude at graphics{\a:graphics}
% \append:defI\Ginclude at graphics{\b:graphics}
-
For figures of specific exytensions, we can tailor a configuration
with the command
\`'\Configure{graphics*}{extension}{action}'. For the other figures,
@@ -26748,7 +23539,6 @@
{}
\EndVerbatim
-
Newer version
\Verbatim
@@ -26766,10 +23556,6 @@
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
-
For xml
\Verbatim
@@ -26801,8 +23587,6 @@
\EndVerbatim
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{graphicx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -26842,15 +23626,10 @@
use instructions like \`'\setlength\tmp:dim\Gin at ewidth' instead of
\`'\tmp:dim=\Gin at ewidth'.
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{endfloat}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<endfloat.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% endfloat.4ht |version %
@@ -26860,22 +23639,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{endfloat}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mfpic.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<mfpic.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mfpic.4ht |version %
@@ -26886,7 +23653,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{mfpic}
-
\<mfpic config\><<<
\expandafter \ifx\csname if at mfp@latexe\endcsname\relax
|<non 2005 latex mpic|>
@@ -26899,20 +23665,15 @@
\NewConfigure{mfpic}{2}
>>>
-
\''\opengraphsfile' is only used once in the LaTeX document. All
individual pictures generated by \''\mfpic... \endmfpic' go
into this single file. Therefore \''\Picture+{} ... \EndPicture' should
be wrapped around \''\mfpic ... \endmfpic',
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pb-diagram.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<pb-diagram.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% pb-diagram.4ht |version %
@@ -26936,7 +23697,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{amscd}
-
\<config amscd\><<<
\catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6
@@ -26958,8 +23718,6 @@
\NewConfigure{CD}{6}
>>>
-
-
\<config amscd\><<<
\def\:tempc#1>#2>{\ampersand@
\ifCD@ \global\bigaw@\minCDarrowwidth \else \global\bigaw@\minaw@ \fi
@@ -26977,8 +23735,6 @@
\NewConfigure{ @>}{1}
>>>
-
-
\<config amscd\><<<
\def\:tempc#1<#2<{\ampersand@
\ifCD@ \global\bigaw@\minCDarrowwidth \else \global\bigaw@\minaw@ \fi
@@ -27010,26 +23766,6 @@
\Configure{ @V}{}{}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pgf.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -27043,24 +23779,16 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pgf}
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{color.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
Was \`'\def\color at setgroup{\begingroup \ht:special {color push
\current at color }% \aftergroup \reset at color }' indirectly through
\''\set at color'. It caused an extra leading line for verbatim
environments. As a side comment, the \''\aftergroup' might cause
an ordering problem, if html code is attached to it.
-
-
\<color.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% color.4ht |version %
@@ -27083,7 +23811,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{color}
-
\<def HColor\><<<
\def\HColor{\:warning{\string\Hcode{...}{...} is deprecated; Use
\string\Configure{HColor}{...}{...}}\Configure{HColor}}
@@ -27091,7 +23818,6 @@
\expandafter\edef\csname CLR:#1\endcsname{#2}\fi}
>>>
-
\<\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2{%
\let\a:fcol|=\empty \let\b:fcol|=\empty
@@ -27125,7 +23851,6 @@
\NewConfigure{fcolorbox}{2}
>>>
-
\<fix color\><<<
\def\pagecolor{%
\begingroup \a:pagecolor
@@ -27135,7 +23860,6 @@
\NewConfigure{pagecolor}{1}
>>>
-
\<fix color\><<<
\def\@undeclaredcolor[#1]#2{\a:color{#1 #2}%
\@ifundefined{color@#1}%
@@ -27146,10 +23870,6 @@
\pend:defI\@declaredcolor{\a:color{##1}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<fix color\><<<
\NewConfigure{SetHColor}[2]{{%
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:temp \csname CLR:#2\endcsname
@@ -27166,7 +23886,6 @@
\else #1\fi }}
>>>
-
The first argument to SetHColor above is the XML code to be added for the
color, with the color itself referenced by \''\HColor'. The second
argument is the same color name as provided to \''\color' of
@@ -27193,14 +23912,9 @@
}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
-
The \Verb=\get:HColor= does the job of looking for XML color value,
and it assignes that value to \Verb=\HColor=.
-
\<fix color\><<<
\def\get:HColor#1 #2//{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname HColor:#1\endcsname\relax
@@ -27227,13 +23941,10 @@
\fi \fi
>>>
-
-
\<internal HColor\><<<
\if!#2!\let\HColor|=\relax \else \edef\HColor{#2}\fi
>>>
-
\<def HColor\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{%
\@ifundefined{color@#2}%
@@ -27252,7 +23963,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
The \Verb!\color{red}! instruction might be problematic since it does
not on its own determine the extent of the text to be colored. As a
result, its effect can cross logical boundaries. That is against the
@@ -27263,15 +23973,10 @@
users to use commands of the form \Verb!\textcolor{red}{...}! for code
fragments.
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{xcolor.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<xcolor.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% xcolor.4ht |version %
@@ -27319,7 +24024,6 @@
\def\hiderowcolors{\o:noalign:{\global\@rowcolorsfalse\@norowcolor}}
>>>
-
\<config xcolor\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{{\set at color}}
\HLet\color at block\:temp
@@ -27345,9 +24049,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<config xcolor\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname get!HColor\endcsname#1!#2//{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname HColor!#1\endcsname\relax
@@ -27377,15 +24078,10 @@
\fi \fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dvipsnam}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<dvipsnam.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% dvipsnam.4ht |version %
@@ -27417,17 +24113,10 @@
\let\DefineNamedColor=\sv:DefineNamedColor
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{svgnam}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<svgnam.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% svgnam.4ht |version %
@@ -27459,7 +24148,6 @@
\let\XC at definec@lor=\sv:XC at definec@lor
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{colortbl.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -27467,8 +24155,6 @@
colortbl.sty invokes color.sty, if the last package is not loaded.
The same is true for array.sty.
-
-
\<colortbl.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% colortbl.4ht |version %
@@ -27481,9 +24167,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{colortbl}
-
-
-
\<fix colortbl\><<<
\CT at everycr{\o:noalign:{\global\let\CT at row@color\relax}\the\everycr}
>>>
@@ -27542,7 +24225,6 @@
}
>>>
-
The followning is a redefinition of a macro from array.sty
\<fix colortbl\><<<
@@ -27553,7 +24235,6 @@
\append:def\insert at column{\pic:gobble\d:@classz}
>>>
-
\`'\insert at column' is used only in array.
Used to have
@@ -27567,12 +24248,9 @@
if their content is to expand when the item is reached. Otherwise,
everything expands when the Preamble is visited.
-
-
The following is a reduced definition which removes the ruler used in
painting the backrounds.
-
\<fix colortbl\><<<
\def\:temp{\global\let\CT at do@color|=\relax}
\HLet\CT@@do at color|=\:temp
@@ -27580,7 +24258,6 @@
The configuration:
-
\<fix colortbl\><<<
\let\::maketitle|=\o:maketitle:
\def\o:maketitle:{%
@@ -27591,17 +24268,11 @@
\::maketitle }
>>>
-
-
Don't \''\CT at setup', \''\CT at row@color', and \''\CT at do@color'
need also a treatment similar to \''\CT at column@color'?
-
-
\SubSection{Rows}
-
-
\<fix colortbl\><<<
\def\rowcolor{%
\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
@@ -27618,8 +24289,6 @@
\CT at rowc}
>>>
-
-
\<fixed first main body HRow value\><<<
\relax
\ifx\LT at head\Un:Def\else
@@ -27636,12 +24305,10 @@
\fi\fi
>>>
-
\<fix colortbl\><<<
\NewConfigure{rowcolor}{1}
>>>
-
\SubSection{Utilities}
\<fix colortbl\><<<
@@ -27659,9 +24326,6 @@
We introduce css for color of text in a cell, only if the color
changed in the cell. The last color is the that takes effect.
-
-
-
\<\><<<
\Configure{multicolumn}
{}{}
@@ -27713,7 +24377,6 @@
\NewConfigure{cell-colortbl}{1}
>>>
-
\<set to preamble color\><<<
\:KOLOR#1//%
>>>
@@ -27722,7 +24385,6 @@
\Section{dvips}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<dvips.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% dvips.4ht |version %
@@ -27754,7 +24416,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<dvips rgb\><<<
\def\colortyp:rgb:#1 #2 #3 #4//{%
\if :#1:%
@@ -27769,7 +24430,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<dvips cmyk\><<<
\def\colortyp:cmyk:#1 #2 #3 #4 #5//{%
\if :#1:%
@@ -27790,7 +24450,6 @@
\Section{textures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<textures.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% textures.4ht |version %
@@ -27811,13 +24470,10 @@
% \def\colortyp:hsb:#1//{\hshow{#1}}
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dvipdf}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<dvipdf.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% dvipdf.4ht |version %
@@ -27828,15 +24484,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{dvipdf}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dvipsone}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<dvipsone.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% dvipsone.4ht |version %
@@ -27847,13 +24498,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{dvipsone}
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{fig4tex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<fig4tex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% fig4tex.4ht |version %
@@ -27864,7 +24512,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{fig4tex}
-
\<fig4tex hooks\><<<
\ifx \AtBeginDocument\UnDef
|<config figvisu|>
@@ -27875,7 +24522,6 @@
\Configure{figvisu}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
>>>
-
\<config figvisu\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{%
\let\sv:EndPicture\EndPicture
@@ -27919,13 +24565,10 @@
positional-wise. The solution to the problem results in a tiny dirt
at opposite corners of the figure.
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pctex32}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<pctex32.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% pctex32.4ht |version %
@@ -27936,15 +24579,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pctex32}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{overpic}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<overpic.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% overpic.4ht |version %
@@ -27955,10 +24593,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{overpic}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{DraTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -27971,9 +24605,6 @@
\`'\Draw[replacement]' gives
\`'\Picture*[replacement]{}'.
-
-
-
\<dratex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% dratex.4ht |version %
@@ -27998,9 +24629,6 @@
|<image maps for /Draw|>
>>>
-
-
-
To avoid cloging the memory, when possible, move the pictures to new
pages.
@@ -28023,9 +24651,6 @@
\NewConfigure{Draw}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\<html into /EndDraw\><<<
|<measure dimension of drawing|>%
\global\let\in:pic|=\empty
@@ -28033,12 +24658,8 @@
\global\let\in:pic|=\:UnDef
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Dimensions}
-
We put the picture into a box so that we will be able to measure its
dimensions. Now, we must be careful not to introduce strange stuff
into the box that will ruin the measurements. In DraTeX we might be
@@ -28048,7 +24669,6 @@
\<put picture in box\><<<
\setbox\:box=>>>
-
\<measure dimension of drawing\><<<
{\:X|=\wd\:box \:Y|=\ht\:box \advance\:Y by\dp\:box
\xdef\DrawWidth{\:InCons\:X}%
@@ -28058,8 +24678,6 @@
}%
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{Definition of /Draw.../EndDraw in DraTeX}
When \`'\DrawOn' is active, we have the definition
@@ -28083,16 +24701,10 @@
\:CommonIID \:InDraw
>>>
-
-
-
\<postscript for /Draw\><<<
\def\PsCode##1{{\Text(--\ht:special{\PsCodeSpecial##1}--)}}%
>>>
-
-
-
In DraTeX dimensions don't care about the color of the pixels, but
once we go to dvips and/or convert we loose the invisible character
around the visible picture. This causes a statement for improper
@@ -28104,7 +24716,6 @@
at the start and end of the vbox that span to the full width.
However, such rulers are not alway desirable.
-
Hence, we go for the following instead of
\`'\DrawIMG{ WIDTH="\DrawWidth" HEIGHT="\DrawHeight"}'.
@@ -28115,23 +24726,14 @@
\let\u:map|=\empty
>>>
-
-
\Section{Image Maps}
-
-
-
-
-
Origin at left-top corner of picture.
Possible options for textual links.
The <A USEMAP=...> tag is ignored by drawing displayer.
-
-
\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\def\DrawMap{%
\NewHaddr\:temp
@@ -28147,15 +24749,12 @@
\let\after:dra=\empty
>>>
-
\<image map after /Draw\><<<
\after:dra
>>>
-
\SubSection{Recording Rectangles}
-
PUT warnings
PUT ALT ONLy IN PLACE!!!
@@ -28195,8 +24794,6 @@
\ifx "#6"\else alt="#6"\fi]{#5}}
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{Recording Polygons}
\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
@@ -28223,8 +24820,6 @@
\ifx "#4"\else alt="#4"\fi]{#3}}
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{alternative Textual Menues}
\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
@@ -28276,15 +24871,10 @@
\Chapter{Curriculum Vitas}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{europecv.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<europecv.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% europecv.4ht |version %
@@ -28295,7 +24885,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{europecv}
-
\<europecv configurations\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname \string
\ecvlanguagefooter\endcsname[#1]#2{\ecvitem [#1]{}{\quad
@@ -28347,7 +24936,6 @@
\NewConfigure{lastlanguage}{2}
>>>
-
\<europecv configurations\><<<
\pend:def\europecv{|<europecv entries|>}
>>>
@@ -28368,15 +24956,12 @@
\NewConfigure{telephone}{4}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Resume.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Due to Stephen Gildea.
-
\<resume.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% resume.4ht |version %
@@ -28387,7 +24972,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{resume}
-
\<resume configurations\><<<
\pend:defI\name{\a:name}
\append:defI\name{\b:name}
@@ -28401,15 +24985,12 @@
\HLet\llist\:tempc
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Curve.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
A style file for resumes.
-
\<curve.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% curve.4ht |version %
@@ -28420,7 +25001,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{curve}
-
\<curve configurations\><<<
\def\makeheaders@#1{%
\setlength\leftheader at width{\header at scale\textwidth}%
@@ -28470,21 +25050,14 @@
\NewConfigure{prefix}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Small Ones}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{vowel.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<vowel.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% vowel.4ht |version %
@@ -28495,15 +25068,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{vowel}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{enumitem.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<enumitem.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% enumitem.4ht |version %
@@ -28514,21 +25082,14 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{enumitem}
-
\<enumitem config\><<<
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{esperanto.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<esperanto.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% esperanto.4ht |version %
@@ -28539,23 +25100,16 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{esperanto}
-
\<esperanto config\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^\active}
\def\:tempc{\^{h}\allowhyphens}
\expandafter\HLet\csname esperanto at sh@\string^@h@\endcsname\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{IEEEtran.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<IEEEtran.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% IEEEtran.4ht |version %
@@ -28566,20 +25120,16 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{IEEEtran}
-
\<IEEEtran config\><<<
\let\twocolumn\onecolumn
\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
\let\@restonecolfalse\@restonecoltrue
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{enumerate.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<enumerate.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% enumerate.4ht |version %
@@ -28589,12 +25139,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{enumerate}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{accents.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<accents.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% accents.4ht |version %
@@ -28605,7 +25153,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{accents}
-
\<config accents\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{{%
\let\cc at style\empty
@@ -28627,7 +25174,6 @@
\Section{linguex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<linguex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% linguex.4ht |version %
@@ -28638,7 +25184,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{linguex}
-
\<cgloss4e.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cgloss4e.4ht |version %
@@ -28649,8 +25194,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{cgloss4e}
-
-
\<config cgloss4e\><<<
\gdef\twosent#1\\ #2\\{%
\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 \\%
@@ -28695,7 +25238,6 @@
\NewConfigure{tsent}{3}
>>>
-
\<config cgloss4e\><<<
\pend:def\gll{\a:gll}
\pend:def\glll{\a:gll}
@@ -28722,7 +25264,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<config linguex\><<<
\ifx \o:b:\:UnDef\else \let\b\o:b: \let\o:b:\:UnDef\fi
\def\:tempc.#1\par{\a:ex \o:ex:.#1\par \b:ex}
@@ -28785,7 +25326,6 @@
\Section{Covington}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<covington.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% covington.4ht |version %
@@ -28816,8 +25356,6 @@
\HLet\glend\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<config covington\><<<
\def\glt{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\smallskip\a:glt}
\NewConfigure{glt}{1}
@@ -28825,8 +25363,6 @@
\NewConfigure{gln}{1}
>>>
-
-
\<covington twosent\><<<
\gdef\twosent#1^^M#2^^M%
{\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 ^^M%
@@ -28877,7 +25413,6 @@
\Section{pst-jtree}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<pst-jtree.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% pst-jtree.4ht |version %
@@ -28888,20 +25423,16 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pst-jtree}
-
\<config pst-jtree\><<<
\pend:def\jtree at a{\csname a:jtree\endcsname\Picture+[jtree]{}}
\append:def\endjtree{\EndPicture \csname b:jtree\endcsname}
\NewConfigure{jtree}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{diagram (chess)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<diagram.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% diagram.4ht |version %
@@ -28923,7 +25454,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{diagram}
-
\<config diagram 95\><<<
\def\@dia at stipulation{%
\a:stipulation
@@ -28987,7 +25517,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<config diagram 95\><<<
\def\put at plane{%
% We might want gridchess
@@ -29137,7 +25666,6 @@
}
>>>
-
What \Verb+\put at line+ of the 08 version does?
\<config diagram 08\><<<
@@ -29174,20 +25702,16 @@
}
>>>
-
\<config diagram\><<<
\inner at frame = 0pt
\outer at frame = 0pt
\NewConfigure{diagram}{6}
-
-
\NewConfigure{stipulation}{4}
\NewConfigure{piececounter}{2}
-
\pend:def\@dia at authors{\ifauth at r \a:authors\fi}
\append:def\@dia at authors{\ifauth at r \b:authors \fi}
\NewConfigure{authors}{2}
@@ -29294,14 +25818,10 @@
\NewConfigure{pages}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{subeqnarray}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<subeqnarray.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% subeqnarray.4ht |version %
@@ -29312,7 +25832,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{subeqnarray}
-
\<config subeqnarray\><<<
\def\:tempc
{\stepcounter{equation}\anc:lbl r{equation}%
@@ -29383,7 +25902,6 @@
\Section{eurosym}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<eurosym.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% eurosym.4ht |version %
@@ -29394,7 +25912,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{eurosym}
-
\<config eurosym\><<<
\def\:temp{\a:geneuro}
\expandafter\HLet\csname geneuro \endcsname\:temp
@@ -29407,12 +25924,10 @@
\NewConfigure{geneurowide}{1}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{SIunits}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<SIunits.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% SIunits.4ht |version %
@@ -29423,7 +25938,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{SIunits}
-
\<config SIunits\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname power\endcsname#1#2{\ensuremath
{\SI at fstyle {#1}\sp {\SI at fstyle {#2}}}}
@@ -29438,13 +25952,10 @@
{\ensuremath {\SI at fstyle {\no at qsk \ensuremath {\sp{\circ }}}}}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Ushort}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<sistyle.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% sistyle.4ht |version %
@@ -29455,7 +25966,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{sistyle}
-
\<config sistyle\><<<
\def\:tempc{{\a:thousandsep}}
\HLet\SI at thousandsep\:tempc
@@ -29527,13 +26037,10 @@
\Configure{angstrom}{\o:angstrom:}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Ushort}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<ushort.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ushort.4ht |version %
@@ -29544,7 +26051,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ushort}
-
\<config ushort\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi
\a:ushort \o:ushort:{#1}\b:ushort}
@@ -29568,15 +26074,10 @@
\NewConfigure{ushortdline}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Chapterbib}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<chapterbib.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% chapterbib.4ht |version %
@@ -29587,8 +26088,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{chapterbib}
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{microtype.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -29603,7 +26102,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{microtype}
-
\<disable microtype\><<<
\MT at protrusionfalse
\MT at expansionfalse
@@ -29617,8 +26115,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Bm.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -29662,10 +26158,6 @@
\let\beton at new@setfontsize=\beton at old@setfontsize}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{everyshi(pment)}
@@ -29682,7 +26174,6 @@
\let\@EveryShipout at Init\empty
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{quoting.4ht}
@@ -29712,7 +26203,6 @@
\Hinput{quoting}
>>> \AddFile{9}{quoting}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{res}
@@ -29724,7 +26214,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{res}
-
\<res-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% res-a.4ht |version %
@@ -29735,7 +26224,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{res-a}
-
\<res cfg\><<<
\def\section{\no:section}
\csname pend:def\endcsname\endresume{%
@@ -29755,7 +26243,6 @@
\NewConfigure{boxed-section}{4}
>>>
-
\<res cfg\><<<
\let\:temp\empty
\ifx \print at name\@printcentername
@@ -29773,7 +26260,6 @@
\NewConfigure{lineaddress}{3}
>>>
-
\<center name\><<<
\def\@printcentername{\begingroup
\a:centername\hbox{\@tablebox{\namefont\@name}}\b:centername
@@ -29801,15 +26287,10 @@
\endgroup}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{algorithmic}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<algorithmic.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% algorithmic.4ht |version %
@@ -29820,8 +26301,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{algorithmic}
-
-
\<algorithmic cfg\><<<
\append:def\algorithmicthen{%
\ConfigureEnv{ALC at if}
@@ -29844,14 +26323,10 @@
\NewConfigure{ALCitem}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{algorithmicx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<algorithmicx.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% algorithmicx.4ht |version %
@@ -29862,14 +26337,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{algorithmicx}
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{algorithm}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<algorithm.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% algorithm.4ht |version %
@@ -29880,16 +26351,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{algorithm}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{booktabs.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<booktabs.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% booktabs.4ht |version %
@@ -29918,9 +26383,6 @@
\HLet\addlinespace=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
\<pre booktabs 2005\><<<
\def\@BTnormal{\hbox{\cur:rule}\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule}
\def\@cmidrulea{\multispan\@cmidla&\multispan\@cmidlb \a:cmidrule \hfill \cr}
@@ -29948,7 +26410,6 @@
\HLet\@cmidruleb\:tempc
>>>
-
\<booktabs 2003\><<<
\def\gobble:if#1\fi{}
@@ -29983,7 +26444,6 @@
\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule}
>>>
-
\<pre booktabs 2003\><<<
\def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
\let\A:midrule=\a:midrule
@@ -30007,8 +26467,6 @@
\NewConfigure{bottomrule}{1}
>>>
-
-
\<shared booktabs\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{\o:noalign:{\a:specialrule}}
\HLet\specialrule=\:temp
@@ -30038,7 +26496,6 @@
\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@xcmidrule}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{tocloft.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -30066,8 +26523,6 @@
\Section{minitoc.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<minitoc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% minitoc.4ht |version %
@@ -30090,17 +26545,10 @@
\NewConfigure{minitoc@}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Part tocs}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\parttoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\parttoc:ttl \a:parttoc
\csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:parttoc
@@ -30117,7 +26565,6 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,lof}\b:partlof}\par}
>>>
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\partlot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\partlot:ttl \a:partlot
\csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:partlot
@@ -30126,10 +26573,6 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,lot}\b:partlot}\par}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Mini Tocs}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -30142,8 +26585,6 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,|<minitoc members|>}\b:minitoc}\par}
>>>
-
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\minilof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minilof:ttl \a:minilof
\csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minilof
@@ -30152,7 +26593,6 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,lof}\b:minilof}\par}
>>>
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\minilot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minilot:ttl \a:minilot
\csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minilot
@@ -30161,29 +26601,16 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,lot}\b:minilot}\par}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Sect tocs}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\ifx \stc at ssect\:UnDef \else
|<sect toc / lof / lot|>
\fi
>>>
-
\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\secttoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\secttoc:ttl \a:secttoc
\csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:secttoc\stifont
@@ -30192,8 +26619,6 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,|<secttoc members|>}\b:secttoc}\par}
>>>
-
-
\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\sectlof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\sectlof:ttl \a:sectlof
\csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:sectlof\stifont
@@ -30202,8 +26627,6 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,lof}\b:sectlof}\par}
>>>
-
-
\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\sectlot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\sectlot:ttl \a:sectlot
\csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:sectlot\stifont
@@ -30212,14 +26635,10 @@
\strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,lot}\b:sectlot}\par}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Restore Pre-Minitoc Definitions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\let\no at ssect=\stc at ssect
>>>
@@ -30229,12 +26648,10 @@
\let\no at spart=\ptc at spart
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Entries for Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<parttoc members\><<<
chapter,appendix,%
\ifnum 1>\c at parttocdepth \else section,\fi
@@ -30254,7 +26671,6 @@
UnDFexyz%
>>>
-
\<secttoc members\><<<
\ifnum 1>\c at secttocdepth \else subsection,\fi
\ifnum 2>\c at secttocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi
@@ -30267,7 +26683,6 @@
\SubSection{Start and Points for Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\strt:minitoc#1{%
\par \let\old:toc=\:doTocEntry
@@ -30286,8 +26701,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\end:minimem{\end:partmem,chapter,likechapter,appendix}
\def\end:minitoc{%
@@ -30298,8 +26711,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\end:partmem{part,likepart}
\def\end:parttoc{%
@@ -30308,7 +26719,6 @@
}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Package Options}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -30317,7 +26727,6 @@
% positioning would have been nicer here, but currently it
% is too slow
-
% d -default (initially l but can be changed by
% set in doparttoc), l (left), c (center), r (right),
% e, n empty/none
@@ -30364,16 +26773,10 @@
\def\sectlof:ttl{l}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Html Configuration}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<minitoc.sty Configure\><<<
\NewConfigure{minitoc}{4}
\NewConfigure{parttoc}{4}
@@ -30386,23 +26789,12 @@
\NewConfigure{sectlot}{4}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{gloss}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Link[ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/gloss/]{}{}ctan\EndLink
-
-
\Verbatim
> latex sample
> bibtex sample.gls
@@ -30449,7 +26841,6 @@
\Configure{GlossAnchor} {\Link} {\EndLink}
>>>
-
\<pre 2002 gloss\><<<
\pend:def\glso at default{\append:def\glso at word{%
\def\:tempc{%
@@ -30466,7 +26857,6 @@
\def\gls:prtxt#1\fi{\a:gloss \gls:printtext#1\b:gloss\fi}
>>>
-
\<pre 2002 gloss\><<<
\let\o:glossitem:=\glossitem
\def\glossitem#1{\gdef\GlossLabel{#1}\o:glossitem:{#1}}
@@ -30478,8 +26868,6 @@
\append:defIII\gls at label{\d:glosslist}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dsfont}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -30494,10 +26882,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{dsfont}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{afterpage}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -30513,9 +26897,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{afterpage}
-
-
-
\<config afterpage\><<<
\let\clearpage\AP at clearpage
\pend:def\clearpage{\IgnorePar}
@@ -30526,14 +26907,10 @@
}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{euler}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<euler.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% euler.4ht |version %
@@ -30544,7 +26921,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{euler}
-
\<euler configs\><<<
\let\mathbf=\un:Def
\let\mathsf=\un:Def
@@ -30566,8 +26942,6 @@
\Section{eucal}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<eucal.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% eucal.4ht |version %
@@ -30578,20 +26952,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{eucal}
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{longdiv}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<longdiv.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% longdiv.4ht |version %
@@ -30603,7 +26967,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{longdiv}
-
\<longdiv.sty\><<<
\def\longdiv#1#2{{%
\def\showdig{\edef\temp{&{\the\scratch}}\temp\cr
@@ -30636,18 +26999,10 @@
\NewConfigure{longdiv}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Indexes}
\SubSection{index.sty}
-
-
\<index.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% index.4ht |version %
@@ -30663,14 +27018,9 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{index}
-
-
-
-
\Link[file://localhost/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/tex/latex/misc/index.sty]{}{}%
index.sty\EndLink
-
\<index 4.01beta\><<<
\pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\title:chs{\html:addr
\hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}%
@@ -30683,8 +27033,6 @@
|<index 4.1beta warning|>
>>>
-
-
\<index 4.1beta ext I\><<<
\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\idx:extI \csname idx@#1\endcsname//%
@@ -30703,8 +27051,6 @@
\egroup
>>>
-
-
\<index 3.02\><<<
\pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\title:chs{\html:addr
\hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}%
@@ -30721,13 +27067,10 @@
\fi
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{multind.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<multind.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% multind.4ht |version %
@@ -30739,17 +27082,9 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{multind}
-
-
-
-
\Link[file://localhost/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/tex/latex/misc/multind.sty]{}{}%
multind.sty\EndLink
-
-
-
-
\<multind.sty\><<<
\pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\@ifundefined{##1 at idxfile}{}{\html:addr
\hbox{\Link-{}{|<index haddr|>}\EndLink}%
@@ -30765,21 +27100,14 @@
{\def\indexname{#2}\@input{#1.ind}}}
>>>
-
\<index haddr\><<<
d|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{tugboat}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<tugboat.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% tugboat.4ht |version %
@@ -30791,7 +27119,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{tugboat}
-
\<tugboat cfg\><<<
\let\:tempb\head
\Def:Section\head{}{#1}
@@ -30810,7 +27137,6 @@
\def\@dosubsubhead{\:subsubhead{\the\@argument}}
>>>
-
\<tugboat cfg\><<<
\let\o:figure:\figure
\def\figure{\bgroup \a:figure \o:figure:}
@@ -30929,7 +27255,6 @@
\NewConfigure{signaturemark}{2}
>>>
-
\<tugboat cmn\><<<
\def\v at lx{\gdef\volx{Volume~\a:volno\volno\b:volno
~(\a:volyr\volyr\b:volyr),
@@ -30943,8 +27268,6 @@
\Section{ltugXXX.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<ltugboat.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ltugboat.4ht |version %
@@ -30966,7 +27289,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ltugboat-a}
-
\<ltugboat cfg\><<<
\def\TB at nolimelabel{}
\long\def\:temp#1{{\a:textSMC \o:textSMC:{#1}\b:textSMC}}
@@ -30995,7 +27317,6 @@
\NewConfigure{sectitle}{2}
>>>
-
\<ltugboat cfg\><<<
\long\def\:tempc[#1]{\a:makesignature\bgroup
\pend:def\@signature{\everypar{\HtmlPar}\a:signature}\csname
@@ -31012,8 +27333,6 @@
\NewConfigure{titlex}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<ltugproc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ltugproc.4ht |version %
@@ -31024,7 +27343,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ltugproc}
-
\<ltugproc-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ltugproc-a.4ht |version %
@@ -31035,10 +27353,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ltugproc-a}
-
-
-
-
\<ltug proc\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
\def\theauthor####1{\expandafter
@@ -31069,13 +27383,10 @@
\NewConfigure{abstractHead}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<mls.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mls.4ht |version %
@@ -31089,15 +27400,12 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{mls}
-
-
\<temporary mls accents patch\><<<
\expandafter\HLet\csname OT1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname
\csname n:":\endcsname
\HRestore\"
>>>
-
\<mls hooks\><<<
\Configure{writetoc}
{\let\SetDocumentEncodingNeutral\relax
@@ -31117,7 +27425,6 @@
\append:def\end at galiglist{\let\ =\mls:sp}
>>>
-
\<mlsgalig hooks\><<<
\pend:def\do at mlsgalig{\let\mls:sp=\ \let\ =\sp:c }
\append:def\end at mlsgalig{\let\ =\mls:sp}
@@ -31125,13 +27432,10 @@
\append:def\prettify at mls{\let\ =\mls:sp}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{rotating}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<rotating.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% rotating.4ht |version %
@@ -31149,16 +27453,10 @@
\def\endsidewaystable{\end at float}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{boxedminipage}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<boxedminipage.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% boxedminipage.4ht |version %
@@ -31169,18 +27467,15 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{boxedminipage}
-
\<boxedminipage configs\><<<
\let\o:@iboxedminipage:=\@iboxedminipage
\def\@iboxedminipage[#1]{\o:@iboxedminipage:[b]}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ulem}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<ulem.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ulem.4ht |version %
@@ -31192,7 +27487,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ulem}
-
\<ulem sty\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname uline \endcsname{\relax
\ifmmode\expandafter\underline
@@ -31210,12 +27504,10 @@
\HLet\ULthickness|=\:temp
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{go}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<go.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% go.4ht |version %
@@ -31227,7 +27519,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{go}
-
\<go sty\><<<
\let\o:pos:=\pos
\def\pos#1#2=#3#4{\let\empty=\ht:empty
@@ -31245,7 +27536,6 @@
\Section{paralist}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<paralist.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% paralist.4ht |version %
@@ -31256,7 +27546,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{paralist}
-
\<paralist hooks\><<<
\:CheckOption{enum}\if:Option
\HRestore\@roman
@@ -31274,17 +27563,9 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pifont}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{listings}
-
\<listings.4ht\><<<
% listings.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
@@ -31295,7 +27576,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{listings}
-
\<listings sty\><<<
\newif\iflstnest
\append:defII\lst at EnterMode{%
@@ -31319,14 +27599,12 @@
Configure listings: befoe env, after env, before ln, between \# and
content.
-
\<listings sty\><<<
\append:defI\lst at Init{\csname a:listings-init\endcsname\global\lstnesttrue}
\pend:def\lst at DeInit{\csname b:listings-init\endcsname\global\lstnestfalse}
\NewConfigure{listings-init}{2}
>>>
-
\<listings sty\><<<
\lst at AddToHook{TextStyle}{%
\Configure{listings}{}{}{}{}%
@@ -31335,7 +27613,6 @@
\NewConfigure{lstinline}{2}
>>>
-
\<listings sty\><<<
\pend:defI\lst at MakeCaption{%
\let\lst:addcontentsline\addcontentsline
@@ -31347,17 +27624,11 @@
}
>>>
-
\<lstmisc sty\><<<
\HLet\lst at frameInit=\empty
\HLet\lst at frameExit=\empty
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<listings sty\><<<
\def\lst at NewLine{%
\ifx\lst at OutputBox\@gobble\else \the\everypar \fi
@@ -31380,8 +27651,6 @@
\NewConfigure{lstinputlisting}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<listings sty\><<<
\def\lst at Kern#1{%
\setbox\z@\hbox{{\lst at currstyle{\kern#1}}}%
@@ -31404,14 +27673,12 @@
\def\lst at outputspace{\:nbsp}
>>>
-
Test cases:
\List{*}
\item
-
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{listings}
@@ -31433,17 +27700,12 @@
}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\EndList
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{alphanum}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<alphanum.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% alphanum.4ht |version %
@@ -31455,7 +27717,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{alphanum}
-
\<alphanum sty\><<<
\append:def\J at SetCurrent{\global\let\jura:currentlabel=\@currentlabel}
\Configure{@newlabel}
@@ -31488,7 +27749,6 @@
\csname lvl\alph{tiefe}mark\endcsname{#1}\@gobblecr}
>>>
-
\<alphanum sty\><<<
\let\no at toclvla\toc
\let\no at toclvlb\toc
@@ -31541,8 +27801,6 @@
\def\toc{\csname toclvl\alph{tiefe}\endcsname}
>>>
-
-
\<\><<<
\let\no at toc\toc
\Def:Section\toc{\the\c at tiefe}{#1}
@@ -31556,12 +27814,6 @@
% \let\liketoc\:UnDef
% \def\J at ShortToc{\rdef:sec{liketoc}}
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{lineno}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -31579,7 +27831,6 @@
\append:defI\:tempc{\let\end at float|=\sv:efloat }
\HLet\linelabel\:tempc
-
\def\:tempc{\@tempdima\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv
\sbox\@tempboxa{\hbox to\z@{\a:lineno\makeLineNumber\b:lineno}}%
\stepcounter{linenumber}%
@@ -31598,15 +27849,8 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{lineno}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{errata}
-
\<errata.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% errata.4ht |version %
@@ -31621,19 +27865,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{errata}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{epigraph}
\Link[http://sunsite.bcc.bilkent.edu.tr/pub/tex/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/supported/epigraph/]{}{}sunsite\EndLink
-
\<epigraph.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% epigraph.4ht |version %
@@ -31645,8 +27880,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{epigraph}
-
-
\<epigraph conf\><<<
\renewcommand{\epigraphhead}[2][95]{{%
\a:epigraphhead#2\b:epigraphhead}}
@@ -31666,13 +27899,10 @@
\NewConfigure{qitem}{3}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{float.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<float.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% float.4ht |version %
@@ -31688,7 +27918,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{float}
-
\<pre 2001/11/08 v1.3d float\><<<
\let\float:xfloat=\@xfloat
\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{\float:xfloat{#1}[#2]%
@@ -31701,7 +27930,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<since 2001/11/08 v1.3d float\><<<
\let\float:xfloat=\@xfloat
\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{\float:xfloat{#1}[#2]%
@@ -31714,8 +27942,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<float sty\><<<
\def\caption{\:CheckOption{refcaption}\if:Option
\SkipRefstepAnchor \fi
@@ -31731,16 +27957,10 @@
\HLet\listof\:tempc
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{floatflt.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<floatflt.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% floatflt.4ht |version %
@@ -31751,7 +27971,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{floatflt}
-
\<floatflt sty\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
\edef\oldeverypar{\noexpand\HtmlPar\the\everypar}}
@@ -31768,8 +27987,6 @@
\NewConfigure{floatingfigure}{2}
>>>
-
-
The following might be problematic with a caption
% \Configure{floatingfigure}
@@ -31783,14 +28000,10 @@
% \Css{.floatflt-o1 img{float:left}}
% \Css{.floatflt-o2 img{float:right}}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{fancybox.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<fancybox.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% fancybox.4ht |version %
@@ -31819,8 +28032,6 @@
\NewConfigure{doublebox}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<fancybox hooks\><<<
\def\Btrivlist#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@Btrivlist{#1}}{\@Btrivlist{#1}[]}}
\def\@Btrivlist#1[#2]{%
@@ -31881,10 +28092,6 @@
\let\endBeqnarray=\endeqnarray
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{alltt.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -31909,12 +28116,10 @@
\futurelet\:temp\:tempa}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{lb.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Verbatim
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -31958,7 +28163,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{lb}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{latin1.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -31981,7 +28185,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{latin1}
-
\<config textdegree\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:textdegree}
\expandafter\HLet\csname ?\string\textdegree\endcsname=\:tempc
@@ -31989,16 +28192,11 @@
\Configure{textdegree}{{\ensuremath{{\sp\circ}}}}
>>>
-
% \expandafter\def\csname ?\string\textdegree\endcsname{{\sp\circ}}
% \def\mathonesuperior{{\sp1}}
% \def\maththreesuperior{{\sp3}}
% \def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}}
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{utf8.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -32034,11 +28232,6 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{utf8x.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -32046,7 +28239,6 @@
Note: the following file is requested by ucs.4ht and loaded outside the normal
tex4ht environmet so, in particular, catcode are not set for it.
-
\<utf8x.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% utf8x.4ht |version %
@@ -32057,8 +28249,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{utf8x}
-
-
\<config utf8x\><<<
\bgroup
\def\temp#1{%
@@ -32078,7 +28268,6 @@
\tempa
}
-
\count255=194\relax
\loop\ifnum\count255<245\relax
\catcode\count255\active
@@ -32105,20 +28294,6 @@
utf8x.def has both.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
The above is to preserve characters in `sensitive' locations:
\Verbatim
@@ -32138,12 +28313,10 @@
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ucs.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<ucs.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ucs.4ht |version %
@@ -32159,20 +28332,12 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{ucs}
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{acm-proc-article-sp.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://www.acm.org/sigs/pubs/proceed/template.html]{}{}files\EndLink
-
-
\<acm_proc_article-sp.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% acm_proc_article-sp.4ht |version %
@@ -32183,7 +28348,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile[acm_proc_article-sp]{9}{acm-proc-article-sp}
-
\<sig-alternate.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% sig-alternate.4ht |version %
@@ -32195,7 +28359,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{sig-alternate}
-
The above style files, and provided example, are a little weirds at points.
\List{*}
\item
@@ -32224,21 +28387,16 @@
\def\theparagraph{{\subsecfnt\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}}
\EndVerbatim
-
We don't know where they go (in tex4ht they may arrive to attributes
of \''<a>' elements.
\EndList
-
-
\<config sig-alternate\><<<
\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
\def\endthebibliography{\endlist}
>>>
-
-
\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\catcode`\:=12
\def\@citex#1[#2]#3{%
@@ -32280,7 +28438,6 @@
|<config makecaption|>
>>>
-
\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item
\def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item\sv:item
@@ -32308,8 +28465,6 @@
\NewConfigure{proof}{3}
>>>
-
-
\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
\let\thefootnote=\no:thefootnote
@@ -32379,9 +28534,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
|<html late parts|>
|<html late sections|>
@@ -32396,8 +28548,6 @@
\Section{endnotes.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<endnotes.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% endnotes.4ht |version %
@@ -32408,7 +28558,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{endnotes}
-
\<fix endnotes\><<<
\HAssign\endnote:N=0
\def\endnoteN{\endnote:N}
@@ -32430,10 +28579,6 @@
\NewConfigure{enoteformat}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{2up}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -32459,16 +28604,10 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{web}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<web.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% web.4ht |version %
@@ -32500,11 +28639,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{web}
-
-
-
-
-
\<exerquiz.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% exerquiz.4ht |version %
@@ -32542,8 +28676,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{exerquiz}
-
-
\<configure answers\><<<
\HAssign\:onClick = 0
\HAssign\Prob:N = 0
@@ -32644,21 +28776,12 @@
\Configure{quiz*}{}{}{}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{nicefrac.sty}
-
-
\<nicefrac.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% nicefrac.4ht |version %
@@ -32669,8 +28792,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{nicefrac}
-
-
\<config nicefrac\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2#3{\a:nicefrac#1{#2}\b:nicefrac#1{#3}\c:nicefrac}
\expandafter\HLet\csname\string\@UnitsNiceFrac\space\endcsname\:tempc
@@ -32679,11 +28800,6 @@
\Configure{nicefrac}{}{/}{}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{fontmath.ltx}
\<config fontmath.ltx utilities\><<<
@@ -32824,7 +28940,6 @@
\append:def\endmulticols{\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
>>>
-
%-------------------------------- Baby osudeG.sty -------------
\Section{osudeG.sty}
@@ -32841,9 +28956,6 @@
DON'T remove the equal signs from the definition
of \''\:temp' below.
-
-
-
\<osudeG.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% osudeG.4ht |version %
@@ -32862,16 +28974,12 @@
\let\SOverline|=\overline \let\Overline|=\overline
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{vanilla.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Old amstex.sty: 1985, 1986 BY MICHAEL SPIVAK
-
\<vanilla.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% vanilla.4ht |version %
@@ -32886,8 +28994,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{vanilla}
-
-
\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname title\endcsname{\title at true
\bgroup \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign \let\\|=\cr\a:title
@@ -32935,16 +29041,6 @@
\advance\footmarkcount@ by 1}\EndHPage{}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\def\brute:halign{\let\:HAlign|=\halign \let\:NOalign|=\noalign
\let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign
@@ -32972,8 +29068,6 @@
\NewConfigure{aligned}{6}
>>>
-
-
\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\def\:temp{\vcenter\bgroup\Let@\vspace@ \brute:halign
\normalbaselines
@@ -32998,7 +29092,6 @@
\HLet\endcases|=\:temp
>>>
-
\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\def\ralign@#1\endalign{\displ at y\Let@\tabskip\centering
\append:def\f:align{\ifx \dn:hlgn\:UnDef \else
@@ -33018,23 +29111,14 @@
\NewConfigure{align}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ProTex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ProTex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<ProTex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ProTex.4ht |version %
@@ -33048,9 +29132,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ProTex}
-
-
-
\<program ref protex\><<<
\:CheckOption{prog-ref}\if:Option
\let\oc:frag:href\frag:href
@@ -33077,11 +29158,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<load protex\><<<
\let\c:ProTex:=\:UnDef
\let\protex:sv\:RestoreCatcodes
@@ -33110,7 +29186,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<config protex\><<<
\let\tivt:ModifyAppendCode=\ModifyAppendCode
\def\ModifyAppendCode#1{%
@@ -33172,10 +29247,6 @@
\Section{Outline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
\<th4.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% th4.4ht |version %
@@ -33270,22 +29341,10 @@
% \AddFile{9}{th4-frames}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{ShowFont}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<show font\><<<
\:CheckOption{ShowFont} \if:Option
|<HObey for ShowFont|>
@@ -33364,7 +29423,6 @@
\closein\in:strm}
>>>
-
\<definitions for ShowFont\><<<
\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\tmp:cnt}%
\ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
@@ -33400,7 +29458,6 @@
\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}%
>>>
-
\<HObey for ShowFont\><<<
\def\HObey{\SaveEverypar \par \ht:everypar{}%
{\parindent|=\z@ \leftskip|=\z@ \leavevmode
@@ -33411,8 +29468,6 @@
\end:TTT \RecallEverypar}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{showfonts}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -33470,12 +29525,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Frames}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -33499,7 +29548,6 @@
\def\empty:lnk{ /}\Link[#1]{#2}{}}}
>>>
-
Frames may be external or embedded. The embeded don't need alternative
for browsers that don't recognize them.
@@ -33517,17 +29565,12 @@
\let\:Frames|=\p:Frames
>>>
-
-
The \''\noexpand' below is for getting the same definition
as \`'\def\:temp{|</HCode NOFRAMES|>}' above.
\<noframes noexpand\><<<
\noexpand >>>
-
-
-
\</HCode NOFRAMES\><<<
\HCode{<noframes>}%
>>>
@@ -33539,16 +29582,8 @@
\fi}\b:HTML}
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{Image Maps}
-
-
-
-
-
-
A broweser that recognizes image maps ignores \`'<A>' tags on images
that point to maps.
@@ -33558,13 +29593,11 @@
\Odef\Ar:a[#1]#2{{\def\tag:A{area}\Link[#1 ]{#2}{}\EndLink}}
>>>>
-
\<NewHaddr fix\><<<
\def\:temp##1-{##1-imap}%
\edef\:tempA{\expandafter\:temp\:tempA}%
>>>
-
\<image maps\><<<
\Odef\Map[#1]#2#3{%
\def\:tempd{\Map:[#1]{#2}{#3}}%
@@ -33590,7 +29623,6 @@
\fi }
>>>
-
\<IMG from /Map.../EndMap\><<<
\def\:temp{#3}\ifx \:temp\:empty\else
\rm:attr{#1}%
@@ -33599,7 +29631,6 @@
\:tempA{#2}\let\:Map|=\empty
>>>
-
\<IMG from /Map\><<<
\expand:after{\let\:tempc|=}\csname
cw:|<auto tag|>|<map tag|>#2\endcsname
@@ -33610,20 +29641,15 @@
\fi \fi
>>>
-
\<image maps\><<<
\def\IMG:LINK#1#2#3#4{\Link[\RefFile{#1}]{}{}%
{\def\tag:A{img}\def\HREF:{src=}\def\empty:lnk{/}%
\Link[#2 alt="textual map" usemap="\GetHref#3"]{#4}{}}\EndLink}
>>>
-
-
-
\<auto tag\><<<
)>>>
-
%\SubSection{Shapes}
\<image maps\><<<
@@ -33641,13 +29667,8 @@
coords="\:tempa"\Hnewline alt="#3"]{#2}\egroup}
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{For /Draw}
-
-
-
%\SubSection{Making the request}
\<image maps\><<<
@@ -33655,20 +29676,12 @@
\def\M:x#1#2{\ifnum #1<#2 #2\else #1\fi}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{JavaScript}
-
-
-
The following provide for
\`'\javascript{...}' and \`'\JavaScript ...\EndJavascript'
Commands.
-
\<javascript\><<<
\ScriptCommand{\JavaScript}{\vbox\bgroup \linepenalty|=1000 \NoFonts
\Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{\nobreak\space}%
@@ -33678,7 +29691,6 @@
\def\B:JavaScript{#2}}
>>>
-
\<javascript\><<<
\def\javascript#1{\b:jv#1\e:jv}
\def\b:jv{\begingroup \vrb:tt
@@ -33689,9 +29701,6 @@
\B:JavaScript\EndNoFonts\endgroup}
>>>
-
-
-
The typewriter font is needed to prevent \TeX{} from performing ?gator (e.g., fi into one character).
\<java\><<<
@@ -33708,12 +29717,8 @@
\AppletInfo{\Needs-{needs #1.class}}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{?}
-
\<non-html sty Verbatim\><<<
\def\Verb:sp{\phantom{x}}
\let\Verb:boln|=\empty
@@ -33732,32 +29737,24 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<common inline verbatim\><<<
\def\Verb{\bgroup \no:catcodes0{255}{12}\catcode`\ = 10
\catcode`\^^M = 10 \catcode`\^^I = 10 \leavevmode \:ctgs}
>>>
-
\<html inline verbatim\><<<
\def\:ctgs#1{\def\:eat##1#1{{\vrb:tt
##1}\egroup}\:eat }
>>>
-
-
\Section{Indexes}
-
\<th4 indexes\><<<
\:CheckOption{index} \if:Option
|<indexes|>
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
An entry takes the form \`'\--#1/#2/#3/'. The first parameter \`'#1'
is the major entry, the second parameter \`'#2' is the secodary entry,
and the third parameter \`'#3' is a range entry (empty, the character
@@ -33770,8 +29767,6 @@
can always merge this entry into the range entry by employing an
appropriate encoding scheme.
-
-
\<indexes\><<<
\let\mi:nus=\-
\def\-{\futurelet\:temp\:idxentry}
@@ -33788,8 +29783,6 @@
\fi \:temp}}
>>>
-
-
The relax at the end of each line is a `comment' for eliminating the
spaces at the end of the lines.
@@ -33833,12 +29826,9 @@
\SubSection{Fonts}
-
-
The fonts \`'\indextt', \`'\indexrm' are used in indexes, and they
are introduced with the command \''\IndexFonts'.
-
\<indexes\><<<
\ifx \IndexFonts\:UnDef
\def\IndexFonts{%
@@ -33862,20 +29852,16 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\SubSection{Hypertext Tags}
-
\<html index target\><<<
\csname a:--\endcsname
>>>
-
\<html index source\><<<
\csname b:--\endcsname
>>>
-
\<indexes\><<<
\NewConfigure{--}{2}
\Configure{--}
@@ -33886,7 +29872,6 @@
}
>>>
-
The \`'\string\csname :gobble\string\endcsname{\html:lbl}%' is for
preserving source-ordering when identical key are present. We can't
put \''\:gobble' explicitly because `:' is loaded with cat code 12.
@@ -33894,12 +29879,8 @@
\<idx htag\><<<
index>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Not html to be connected}
-
\<non-html blocks for divs\><<<
\def\:StartSec#1#2#3{%
|<BeforeEvery hook|>%
@@ -33918,21 +29899,15 @@
\let\html:sectoc|=\empty
>>>
-
-
\<not-html blocks for divs\><<<
\def\html:sectoc#1{|<typeset the not-html sec title|>}
\def\html:tocsec#1{#1}
>>>
-
-
\<typeset the not-html sec title\><<<
\csname InsertTitle\endcsname{#1}%
>>>
-
-
\<not-html blocks for divs\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname c:TocAt*:\endcsname|=\:gobbleII
\let\c:TocAt:|=\:gobbleII
@@ -33942,7 +29917,6 @@
\let\b:TocAt|=\empty
>>>
-
|<not-html local env|>
|<not-html TeX4ht local env|>
@@ -33952,8 +29926,6 @@
\let\end:Verb|=\empty
>>>
-
-
\<non-html inline verbatim\><<<
\def\:ctgs#1{\def\:eat##1#1{{\vrb:tt ##1}\egroup}\:eat}
>>>
@@ -33963,7 +29935,6 @@
\let\EndHObey|=\empty
>>>
-
|<not-html gif|>
\<not-html gif\><<<
@@ -33975,7 +29946,6 @@
\fi \fi \fi \:temp}
>>>
-
\<not-html gif\><<<
\let\:Gif|=\:gobble
\def\:GifText[#1]{\:gobble}
@@ -34000,15 +29970,8 @@
\bigskip \csname :AfterTOC\endcsname }}
>>>
-
-
|<not html Configure's|>
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Sectioning}
% \def\TeX{TeX}
@@ -34020,16 +29983,11 @@
|<TeX4ht parts|>
>>>
-
-
-
\<html TeX4ht divs\><<<
|<html TeX4ht subsec|>
|<html TeX4ht parts|>
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{Chapter, LikeChapter, Appendix}
In its default setting, \TeX{} contributes an indentation of size
@@ -34043,14 +30001,6 @@
\ht:everypar{\if:nopar \hskip -\parindent
\ShowPar \fi}>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\Def:Section\Chapter{\theChapterCounter}{#1}
\Def:Section\LikeChapter{\theChapterCounter}{#1}
@@ -34059,7 +30009,6 @@
%\SubSection{Prefix to Title}
-
\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\NewConfigure{Chapter}[4]{%
\Configure:Sec {Chapter}{#3}%
@@ -34075,7 +30024,6 @@
{|<modify like ch counter|>#1}{#2}}
>>>
-
\<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\Configure{Chapter}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{}
\Configure{Appendix}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{}
@@ -34094,10 +30042,6 @@
%\SubSection{Postfix to Title}
-
-
-
-
\<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\def\b:Chapter#1{\bigskip\vskip10mm
\egroup \IgnorePar
@@ -34106,16 +30050,11 @@
\let\b:Appendix|=\b:Chapter
>>>
-
-
-
-
The command \''\leavevmode' introduces a blank line before the
introduction of the vertical space. The command is needed because
\TeX{} removes the vertical spaces that appear at the top of the
HPages.
-
The value of \''\rightskip' is
adjusted to allow for ragged margin on the right, and so to decrease
the probability of getting hyphenated words in the title.
@@ -34127,19 +30066,6 @@
the ones that count. A task that is achieved here with
\''\bigskip'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%\SubSection{Fonts}
\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
@@ -34157,19 +30083,14 @@
Hence, the motivation for increasing this distance to 29.85pt
\hbox{(${}=\hbox{12}\cdot\hbox{(1.2)}^5$pt)}.
-
-
%\SubSection{Counters}
-
-
\''\ChapterCounter' is 0 for \''\LikeChapter', positive for \''\Chapter',
and negative for \''\Appendix'.
To allow for the appearance of the title commands within groups, the changes
to variables \''\ChapterCounter' and \''\SectionCounter' are made
global.
-
\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\gHAssign\ChapterCounter|=0
@@ -34187,7 +30108,6 @@
|<Ch subcounters|>%
>>>
-
\<modify app counter\><<<
\ifnum \pageno<0 \global\pageno|=1 \fi
\ifnum \ChapterCounter<0 \gHAdvance\ChapterCounter |by -1
@@ -34200,13 +30120,10 @@
|<Ch subcounters|>%
>>>
-
\<Ch subcounters\><<<
\gHAssign\SectionCounter|=0
>>>
-
-
Do we want the following public? If so then also \`'\alph'.
\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
@@ -34216,7 +30133,6 @@
U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z\else \fi}
>>>
-
\<typeset ch/like/app num\><<<
\ifnum \ChapterCounter=0 \def\uppercase##1{##1}%
\else \noindent
@@ -34227,16 +30143,6 @@
\noindent
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%\SubSection{Hooks}
\<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
@@ -34245,24 +30151,15 @@
\BeforeEveryAppendix{\:clearpage}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Sections and Like Sections}
-
\<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<<
\Def:Section\Section{\theSectionCounter}{#1}
\Def:Section\LikeSection{}{#1}
>>>
-
-
-
% \SubSection{Prefix to Title}
-
The titles of the sections are typesetted as regular paragraphs with the left
margins adjusted to make a space for the level numbers.
@@ -34296,18 +30193,13 @@
\def\theSection{\theSectionCounter}
>>>
-
% \SubSection{Postfix to Title}
-
-
The \''\par' is inserted before the \''\nobreak' to provide for a
vertical mode before the latter command is inserted. The motivation
for the latter command is to prohibit a HPage break immediately after the
title.
-
-
% \SubSection{Fonts}
\<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<<
@@ -34330,21 +30222,14 @@
\SectionCounter }
>>>
-
% \Section{SubSections}
-
-
-
\<TeX4ht subsec\><<<
\Def:Section\SubSection{}{#1}
>>>
-
-
% \SubSection{Prefix and Postfix to Title}
-
\<non-html TeX4ht subsec????\><<<
\def\a:subsection#1{
\bgroup
@@ -34354,10 +30239,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<non-html TeX4ht subsec\><<<
\Configure{SubSection}{}{}{}{\par \egroup \nobreak \medskip
\IgnorePar \ignorespaces}
@@ -34367,8 +30248,6 @@
\SubSectionFonts\bf }
>>>
-
-
% \SubSection{Fonts}
\<TeX4ht subsec\><<<
@@ -34378,21 +30257,14 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\SubSection{Parts}
-
-
-
-
\<TeX4ht parts\><<<
\Def:Section\Part{}{#1}
>>>
-
% \SubSection{Prefix to Title}
-
\<non-html TeX4ht parts\><<<
\Configure{Part}{}{}{%
\bgroup
@@ -34410,12 +30282,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<TeX4ht parts\><<<
\def\OddPartHPage{%
\def\:HPageBeforePart{\ifodd \pageno \else \leavevmode\ \newpage\fi}%
@@ -34424,10 +30290,6 @@
\:NoOddChapterHPage
>>>
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Headers and Footers}
\<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<<
@@ -34441,14 +30303,11 @@
\def\:uppercase#1{{\:HeaderTitleFont \::uppercase{#1}}}
>>>
-
-
% \SubSection{From Chapters}
We don't know under what condition \''\mark' and \''\topinsert' will
expand.
-
\<headline and footline from ch\><<<
\:HeaderFonts
\gdef\:ChHeader{\noexpand\folio\hfil \:uppercase{#1}}%
@@ -34471,13 +30330,11 @@
chapter (when \''\firtmark' is the choice) and that nothing will
propogate from previous HPages.
-
The \''\write', and \''\mark'(?), commands introduce whatsis so we want
them in horizontal mode to avoid extra spaces. Also, for correct HPage
numbers, and for correct timing of headers, we want the \''\:toc' and
\''\mark' to be inserted after we get to horizontal mode.
-
% \SubSection{From Sections}
\<headline from section\><<<
@@ -34500,7 +30357,6 @@
\<headers and footers\><<<
\gdef\:ChHeader{\:rightheader}>>>
-
% \SubSection{Fonts}
\`'\:HeaderFonts{cmr8}{cmr10}'---first font to sections and chapters
@@ -34523,10 +30379,8 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\SubSection{Logical Cross-References for TeX4ht}
-
\TagSec{dvtg}
\<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<<
@@ -34538,10 +30392,6 @@
\def\RefSec#1{Section\ \Ref{#1|<Sec tag|>}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\def\TagCh#1{\Tag{#1|<Ch tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}\Tag
{#1|<hCh tag|>}{\:curch}}
@@ -34557,24 +30407,11 @@
{#1|<Sec tag|>}\EndLink}
>>>
-
-
-
\<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App\><<<
\xdef\:curch{|<section html addr|>}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\def\TagPage#1{%
\Link{}{page#1}\EndLink\Tag{#1}{}}
@@ -34586,42 +30423,28 @@
\def\RefPage{\Ref}
>>>
-
-
-
%\SubSection{Standard}
\<Ch tag\><<<
(C >>>
-
-
\<Ap tag\><<<
(A >>>
-
\<Sec tag\><<<
(S >>>
-
-
-
\<hAp tag\><<<
(a >>>
-
\<hCh tag\><<<
(c >>>
-
\<hSec tag\><<<
(s >>>
-
\Section{Tables of Contents}
-
-
\SubSection{Invoked Tables of Contents}
A table is communicated from one compilation to another through an
@@ -34634,14 +30457,10 @@
Section,LikeSection]\fi}
>>>
-
\<config plain utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{TableOfContents}{5}
>>>
-
-
-
% \SubSection{Interpretation for the Entries}
\<html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
@@ -34685,7 +30504,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\tocPart#1#2#3{\sl \medskip \hfil #2\par\nobreak}%
\def\tocChapter#1#2#3{\medskip \:ChapNum{#1}#2\hfill
@@ -34703,30 +30521,20 @@
\def\:BeforeTOC{{\let\TocLikeChapter|=\empty \LikeChapter{Contents}}}
>>>
-
A \`'\nobreak=\penalty10000' can be a problem for chapters, because it
may cause too much stretching of spaces when there are no sections in
between. A \`'\penalty1000' seems to be good enough to avoid HPage
breaks when sections are close enough.
-
-
-
-
\<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\TocDotfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hfil.\hfil}\hfill}
>>>
-
The prefix \''\leaders\hbox to
1em{\hfil.\hfil}' of \''\hfill' asks the command \''\hfill' to
fill the void with multiple copies of the content of the
horizontal box (instead of just with white space).
-
-
-
-
\<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\:ChapNum#1{\bf\leavevmode
\def\:test{#1}%
@@ -34741,10 +30549,6 @@
\def\:pagenum#1{\hbox to 1.7em{\hfil #1}\par}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<html tocsNO\><<<
\def\:ChapNum#1{\leavevmode
\def\:test{#1}%
@@ -34759,15 +30563,10 @@
\def\:pagenum#1{}%
>>>
-
\Section{Lists}
-
-
-
\SubSection{Non Html TeX4ht}
-
% \SubSection{Starting}
\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
@@ -34799,7 +30598,6 @@
}
>>>
-
The interparagraph space that \''\parskip' contributes is introduced
when a new paragraph (i.e., horizontal mode) is entered. Within a list
we don't want the first item to introduce such vertical space
@@ -34808,12 +30606,9 @@
Hence, we before the first item, \''\parskip' give 0 cotribution.
Also, we want the space around the list (together with parskip) to equal medskip.
-
\`'\par\:bigskip' instead of just \''\:bigskip' allows a \''\nobreak' before the end of the lis.
e.g., \''\def\LineIndent{\EveryItem={\hskip-0.75em}}'
-
-
% \SubSection{Ending}
\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
@@ -34822,7 +30617,6 @@
{\advance\medskipamount |by -\parskip \:medskip}}
>>>
-
% \SubSection{Items}
\<items of List\><<<
@@ -34833,7 +30627,6 @@
\the\EveryItem}%
>>>
-
\<TeX4ht lists\><<<
\expandafter\csname newtoks\endcsname\EveryItem
>>>
@@ -34845,8 +30638,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\expandafter\csname newskip\endcsname\ListParSkip
\def\:ListParSkip{\ListParSkip}
@@ -34855,7 +30646,6 @@
% \SubSection{Labels}
-
\<items of List\><<<
\def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\:lbl}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
\EveryItem={\hskip-1.5em\:ListItem}%
@@ -34863,13 +30653,10 @@
\llap{#1\hskip 0.5em}}\fi
>>>
-
\<lbls for items\><<<
\lbl:tm
>>>
-
-
\<TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\lbl:tm{%
\def\:ord{\a:Item\ListCounter\b:Item}%
@@ -34887,32 +30674,19 @@
\long\def\c:Item:#1#2{\c:def\a:Item{#1}\c:def\b:Item{#2}}
>>>
-
-
\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\:ListItem#1{\:lbl{#1}\hskip 0.5em\ignorespaces}
>>>
-
A global \''\Configure{Item}' is not that good of an idea when nested
lists are present.
-
\<non-html List items\><<<
\Configure{Item}{}{.}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
In its default setting, \`'\:lbl' has the meaning of identity+period.
-
-
% \SubSection{Named Groups}
\<general tex-sty configure utilities\><<<
@@ -34929,11 +30703,6 @@
environment \:EndBlock?}%
\fi\fi}>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Html TeX4ht}
\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
@@ -34944,9 +30713,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
\<set html list type\><<<
\let\:temp|=\empty \def\:tempA{#1}%
\def\:tempB{ord}%
@@ -34981,8 +30747,6 @@
\a:UList \def\EndList{\b:UList\endgroup }%
>>>
-
-
\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{OList}{3}
\NewConfigure{UList}{3}
@@ -34999,19 +30763,15 @@
% \SubSection{Labeled (=Definition) Lists}
-
-
\<def list\><<<
\a:DList \let\item|=\:DLitem \let\End:dd|=\empty
\def\EndList{\b:DList\endgroup }%
>>>
-
Lynx doesn't like \`'\leavemode' alone because vertical mode produces
\`'<DD><DT>' and the empty body of \`'<DD>' is not handled nicely
there. Hence, the \`'{\ht:everypar{\HCode{<P>}}\leavevmode}'.
-
\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\:DLitem#1{%
\Advance:\ListCounter |by 1
@@ -35019,20 +30779,11 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<set html list type\><<<
\let\Li:Par|=\:ListParSkip
\ht:everypar{\if:nopar \else \HtmlPar\fi}%
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Button Lists}
\Verbatim
@@ -35055,8 +30806,6 @@
|
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<button list\><<<
\a:buttonList
\let\Item|=\It:em
@@ -35072,7 +30821,6 @@
\b:buttonList \endgroup }%
>>>
-
Set browser-title for the above HPage?
% was
% \SaveEverypar \FileStream[ ]
@@ -35099,12 +30847,10 @@
\l:Bc{#1}\HtmlEnv}
>>>
-
% \SubSection{Item}
For sensitive code: \`'\Item...\ContItem...'.
-
\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\It:em{\bgroup \csname no:catcodes\endcsname0{255}{12}%
\catcode`\^^I=13\relax\:Itm}
@@ -35131,7 +30877,6 @@
Style for HPages.
-
\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{buttonList}[5]{\def\a:buttonList{#1}%
\def\b:buttonList{#2}%
@@ -35158,20 +30903,13 @@
{after-item}, and
{anchor}, get the item content \''#1' for a parameter.
-
-
\Section{Html Tables}
-
-
-
We need the \''\HTable{...}' version for handling
TeX tables and for not modifying \`'&' with other
catcode or replacement command. Otherwise, \''\HTable...\EndHtable'
are better because that don't ask for expandable stuff.
-
-
\<HTable\><<<
\def\HTable{%
\let\:TR|=\empty
@@ -35179,11 +30917,6 @@
\futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
Defining the \''\HTable' in terms of \''\halign' is problematic
for a few reasons.
@@ -35216,9 +30949,6 @@
\global\let\HRow=\sv:Row
\endgroup}
-
-
-
\def\:HtblR{\gHAdvance\HRow by 1
\ht:special{t4ht=<tr \R:HTable:>}}
\def\End:HtblR{\special{t4ht=</tr>}}
@@ -35232,13 +30962,11 @@
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi
-
\item What about paragraph breaks in independent HTable? Are we loosing them
as is the case in the following example.
\ifHtml[\HPage{??}\Verbatim
-
\documentclass{book}
\input DraTex.sty \input AlDraTex.sty
@@ -35274,8 +31002,6 @@
\HShowCode{}{}{}{\HCode{</A>...<A>}}{}
-
-
\NewSection\Slide{$\bullet$~#2 }
\Configure{Slide}{\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2>}}
{\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}{}
@@ -35286,7 +31012,6 @@
{\IgnorePar\HCode{-->}}{}
\CutAt{likeslide,Slide}
-
\Configure{crosslinks}{[}{] }{next}{prev}{}{}{}{}
\Configure{crosslinks+}{}{[\Link[\RefFile
@@ -35297,10 +31022,8 @@
\EndPreamble
-
%---------------------- start here -------------------------
-
% \DrawOff
\HCode{<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">}
@@ -35319,23 +31042,17 @@
Note: The following slides refer to LaTeX. However, the demonstration
applies also to other TeX-based styles.
-
{\tt http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/\HCode{<BR>} \string~gurari/tug97/}
\NextNewFileName{\jobname-toc.html}
\likeslide{}
-
\TagFile{toc}
\tableofcontents[Slide]
-
-
-
\Slide{TeX4ht as a Converter}
-
\Code\semilatex{}<<<
\def\documentclass#1{}
\let\oldbegin=\begin
@@ -35347,10 +31064,6 @@
\def\input#1\EndPreamble{\ShowPar}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\Code\extra{}<<<
`semilatex
>>>
@@ -35387,9 +31100,6 @@
Also, do we have consistent behavior between TeX and LaTeX here?
\EndList
-
-
-
\SubSection{Character Options after /HTable}
\<HTable\><<<
@@ -35408,7 +31118,6 @@
We stay above for all the characters before the caption.
-
% \SubSection{Options for TABLE}
\<character options for TABLE\><<<
@@ -35440,7 +31149,6 @@
\NewConfigure{HTable+}[2]{\arg:HTable{#1}{#2}}
>>>
-
% \SubSection{Option on Entries}
The options are inserted into the entries.
@@ -35467,14 +31175,12 @@
\SubSection{Open Table}
-
\<HTable\><<<
\def\HT:ble{\bgroup \let\sv:row|=\HRow \let\sv:col|=\HCol
\gHAssign\HRow|=1 \gHAssign\HCol|=0
\htbl: }
>>>
-
\<HTable\><<<
\def\htbl:{%
\let\GetInt|=\Get:Int
@@ -35485,7 +31191,6 @@
\NewConfigure{HTable}{6}
>>>
-
\<HTable\><<<
\def\EndHTable{%
\end:cell \d:HTable \b:HTable
@@ -35493,9 +31198,6 @@
|<nullify script|>}
>>>
-
-
-
% \SubSection{Type of Table?}
\<HTable\><<<
@@ -35512,7 +31214,6 @@
\let\:hfill|=\hfill
>>>
-
Without the restructuring of the hfil's TeX4ht gets cofused
and looses spaces between words.
@@ -35540,8 +31241,6 @@
\def\end:cell{\:EndHTableScript \f:HTable}
>>>
-
-
% \SubSection{Get Cell after /cr}
\<HTable\><<<
@@ -35560,13 +31259,11 @@
\d:HTable\c:HTable \insert:TD}}
>>>
-
We need global increases in Col and Row for cases like
\`'\HTableScript{$}{$}'.
\SubSection{Retrieve the Local Options for a Cell}
-
% \SubSection{Find Options in Environmental Tables}
\<HTable\><<<
@@ -35603,12 +31300,6 @@
\def\chk:tblop{\ifx [\:tempc \go:out\T:D \fi}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
We want the rectangles `[...' at halign tables to be
part of the entries.
@@ -35616,7 +31307,6 @@
\let\chk:tblop|=\empty
>>>
-
% \SubSection{Get the Options}
\<HTable\><<<
@@ -35639,7 +31329,6 @@
\go:out\:tempa}
>>>
-
\SubSection{Script}
\<script at start of tables\><<<
@@ -35666,15 +31355,11 @@
|<nullify script|>
>>>
-
-
-
\<HTable\><<<
\def\go:out#1{\expand:after{\g:out#1}}
\long\def\g:out#1#2\:out{#1}
>>>
-
\SubSection{Scanning of Cells}
\<HTable\><<<
@@ -35686,7 +31371,6 @@
\tmp:cnt }
>>>
-
\<HTable\><<<
\def\DefGetArg#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#3}%
\ifx \:temp\NoArg \D:fGetArg{#1}{#2}#3#3\else
@@ -35702,12 +31386,9 @@
\DefGetArg{}{}{}
>>>
-
-
\`'\DefGetArg{}{1}\tok:nmath' tages the full entry, but it is
problematic for a tail entry in a row.
-
Use
\<HTable\><<<
@@ -35719,8 +31400,6 @@
\stgt:arg\HRow\Col \:temp}
>>>
-
-
\<no token?\><<<
\ifx \tbl:typ\tbl:bdy \else
\ifx ##1\&\let##1|=\NoArg\fi
@@ -35732,22 +31411,10 @@
\def\NoArg{\tok:nmath}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{footmisc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<footmisc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% footmisc.4ht |version %
@@ -35757,28 +31424,20 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{footmisc}
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Local Drawing Environment}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<draw sty\><<<
\:CheckOption{draw} \if:Option
|<local draw env|>
\fi
>>>
-
\<local draw env\><<<
\NewConfigure{Fig}{2}
\Odef\Fig[#1]{\bgroup
@@ -35818,7 +31477,6 @@
\csname newdimen\endcsname\tmp:dima
>>>
-
\<diagonal line\><<<
\HAssign\I::=\ifnum \tmp:cnta<0 -\fi \tmp:cnta
\HAssign\J::=\ifnum \tmp:cntb<0 -\fi \tmp:cntb
@@ -35840,16 +31498,10 @@
\fi\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{PostScript}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<postscript draw\><<<
\ifHtml
\:CheckOption{postscript} \if:Option
@@ -35859,7 +31511,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<postscript\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname i:0\endcsname{0}
\expandafter\def\csname i:1\endcsname{1}
@@ -35897,16 +31548,10 @@
\let\PsCode|=\relax
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<special\><<<
\ifx \PsCodeSpecial\:UnDef \def\PsCodeSpecial{ps:}\fi
>>>
-
% \SubSection{Karked Locations}
\<postscript\><<<
@@ -35918,30 +31563,20 @@
\def\RecallPsLoc(#1){ PsX#1 Psy#1 }
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Math}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%\SubSection{LaTeX-Oriented Commands}
\<tex-sty configure utilities\><<<
|<latex,sty math del|>
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Marginal Notes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\def\Margin{\HCode{<table \Hnewline
align="right"><tr><td \Hnewline>}}
@@ -35954,11 +31589,9 @@
\SubSection{Multi-Columns}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\''\HColumns[contribute-TABLE,contribute-TD]{i}'; Given count of
column in \''\HCol'
-
\<html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\def\add:col{\Advance:\:cols |by -1 \HAdvance\HCol |by 1\relax
\ifnum \:cols>0
@@ -35973,7 +31606,6 @@
\def\ColMag#1{\tmp:dim |= #1\tmp:dim}
>>>
-
\<html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\def\Columns#1{%
\a:Columns
@@ -35984,7 +31616,6 @@
\add:col \c:Cols \box0 \d:Cols \b:Columns}
>>>
-
\<non-html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\let\Columns|=\:gobble
\let\EndColumns|=\empty
@@ -36014,22 +31645,17 @@
\else \smallskip \fi}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{OpenOffice}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Writer}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\Link[http://www.hj-gym.dk/\string
~hj/writer2latex/]{}{}writer2latex\EndLink
-
\<writer.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% writer.4ht |version %
@@ -36075,7 +31701,6 @@
\Section{mdwlist}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<mdwlist.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mdwlist.4ht |version %
@@ -36086,12 +31711,10 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{mdwlist}
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{sverb}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<sverb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% sverb.4ht |version %
@@ -36108,13 +31731,10 @@
\NewConfigure{demo}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{syntax}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<syntax.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% syntax.4ht |version %
@@ -36125,8 +31745,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{syntax}
-
-
\<config syntax\><<<
\let\o:sb:=_
\def\:temp{\ifmmode \expandafter \pr:sb \else \expandafter \sys:sb \fi }
@@ -36134,24 +31752,10 @@
\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\_\active}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{Latex and TeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Symbol Decorations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -36176,23 +31780,18 @@
A previous definition \Verb+\def\aa{{\Protect\:aa}}+ was problematic because
\Verb+\:aa+ got into an aux file which got loaded with `:' in catcode 13.
-
\<text symbolsNO\><<<
\def\vdots{\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{vdots}}
\vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@
\kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}\EndPicture}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Math symbols}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%
-
\<latex math symbols\><<<
\def\ProtectedMathSymbol#1#2{%
\def\:temp{{\math:sym#1{#2}}}%
@@ -36218,7 +31817,6 @@
\MathSymbol\mathord{hbar}
>>>
-
\<latex ltoutenc\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:textellipsis}
\expandafter\HLet\csname ?\string\textellipsis\endcsname\:tempc
@@ -36229,8 +31827,6 @@
\:temp
>>>
-
-
\<plain math symbols\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{ldots}
\MathSymbol\mathop{l}
@@ -36240,8 +31836,6 @@
\MathSymbol\mathrel{buildrelover}
>>>
-
-
% \def\ifno:mathchar#1#2{%
% \def\:tempb##1"##2///{##1}%
% \edef\:tempa{\expandafter\:tempb\meaning#1"///}%
@@ -36250,7 +31844,6 @@
%}
%\ifno:mathchar
-
\<fontmath + plain classes\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{angle}
\MathSymbol\mathop{cong}
@@ -36279,8 +31872,6 @@
\ProtectedMathSymbol\mathop{longrightarrow}
>>>
-
-
\<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{dotsc}
\MathSymbol\mathop{dotso}
@@ -36316,21 +31907,14 @@
\def\n:int:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{int}\nolimits}
>>>
-
-
-
Where
\`'\def\rightleftharpoons{\m:CondPicture{\mathrel{\mathpalette\rlh@{}}}{}}'
came in for the first time. It is in amstex but not in latex or tex.
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{MkHalign-Based Symbols}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
We had a definition like \`'\def\overbrace#1{{\m:CondPicture{%
\mathop{\vbox{\m at th\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}
\downbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
@@ -36341,10 +31925,6 @@
Similarly for \`'\underbrace', \''\overrightarrow',
\''\overleftarrow', and \''\angle'.
-
-
-
-
\<over/under fontmath\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:overrightarrow
\o:overrightarrow:{#1}\b:overrightarrow}
@@ -36367,9 +31947,6 @@
\NewConfigure{overleftarrow}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:underrightarrow
\o:underrightarrow:{#1}\b:underrightarrow}
@@ -36392,14 +31969,6 @@
\NewConfigure{underleftrightarrow}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<plain, fontmath, amstex\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\a:overbrace \mathop{\hbox{\b:overbrace
$\o:overbrace:{#1}$\c:overbrace}}\limits}
@@ -36411,19 +31980,10 @@
\NewConfigure{underbrace}{3}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{New Accents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
-
For non-pictorial accents \''\c', \''\b', and \''\d', we want just the
accented part. The default definitions provide an alternative options.
In the last two cases, the \''\accent' command uses faked access
@@ -36441,7 +32001,6 @@
\let\d:accent|=\d \HLet\d:accent|=\:temp \let\d|=\d:accent
>>>
-
\<revised plain accent definitions\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rm\accent0 \next#1}}
\let\b:accent|=\b \HLet\b:accent|=\:temp \let\b|=\b:accent
@@ -36449,32 +32008,19 @@
\let\d:accent|=\d \HLet\d:accent|=\:temp \let\d|=\d:accent
>>>
-
The last two faked fonts, similar to the definition of \''\t' in
plain.tex. There, however, we have \''\the\textfont1' instead of
\''\rm' and \''\rmfamily', which doesn't work in LaTeX for some
reasons (what are the reasons?).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Accents through `accents' Configurations}
-
-
When \''\hat{foo}' is encountered, a search is made for an \`'??-i'
that equals \`'foo' in the given accent table. If found, do-found is
executed; otherwise, do-not-found is executed. The do-found can reference the
??-out through \`'#1'. The do-not-found can reference the
old definition of \`'\hat' through \`'#1' and the foo through \`'#2'.
-
-
\<accents\><<<
\NewConfigure{accents}[2]{\def\a:accents##1##2{#1}%
\def\b:accents##1##2##3{#2}}
@@ -36489,12 +32035,9 @@
chr
\EndList
-
-
The space in the definition of \`'\check:sc' is to deal with caese
like \`'cmcsc10 at 14.4pt'.
-
\<temp patch for accents on small capsPRE-CSS\><<<
\def\check:sc#1 #2|<par del|>{\Check:sc#1}
\def\Check:sc#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9*{%
@@ -36554,35 +32097,22 @@
\def\no:sc#1|<par del|>{}
>>>
-
The second operands must be a single parameter macro. The previous to
the last field must be empty, and the last one is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
The following put characters over each other and indirectly takes care
of \''\b', \''\d', and \`'\ooalign'.
-
-
\<plain,ltplain obeylines,oalign\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\leavevmode\a:oalign\o:oalign:{#1}\b:oalign}
\HLet\oalign|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{oalign}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Math Classes to Symbols}
\SubSection{Type 5: Math Close}
-
\SubSection{Type 1: Op}
Can come in characters
@@ -36603,8 +32133,6 @@
\mathchardef\smallint="1273'
or as functions \''\mathop{\rm log}',....
-
-
In plain.tex, the \''\limits' and \''\nolimits' are used only after
\''\mathop'.
Without the following we get a complain from \`'$\arctan (2)$'
@@ -36620,21 +32148,15 @@
\HLet\limits|=\:temp
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
Type 6 is for punctuation (\''\mathpunc', in LaTeX), and type 7 is
``variable ord''.
\`'latex.ltx:\def\pmod#1{\allowbreak\mkern18mu({\operator at font mod}\,\,#1)} ' ???
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Soul}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -36667,18 +32189,13 @@
\NewConfigure{textul}{2}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Underline and Overline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\''\ovrline' and \''\undeline' are not macros so they
can't be redefined with \''\pend:defI'.
-
-
-
\<plain math\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\relax \ifvmode\leavevmode\fi
\a:underline\hbox{$#1$}\b:underline}
@@ -36690,8 +32207,6 @@
macro also to be defined directly. However, this macro always appears
within math mode, so deine also \Verb+\underline+ directly.
-
-
\<latex math\><<<
\def\underline#1{%
\relax
@@ -36713,20 +32228,15 @@
\NewConfigure{overline}{2}
>>>
-
\<empty base for sub/sup\><<<
{\HCode{}}>>>
-
\Section{Space Characters}
-
-
We have the definition \`'\def~{\penalty \@M \ }' in TeX,
and in LaTeX it is also defined through \`'\ '.
The relax is to avoid end-of-line for the control character.
-
\<config latex.ltx shared\><<<
\let\sp:c|=\ |<latex,plain sp|>
>>>
@@ -36749,31 +32259,10 @@
Had \`'\let\sp:c|=\ \relax', but manual of TeXproject didn't accept
it.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{TeX Formats}
%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Plain}
%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -36782,7 +32271,6 @@
\Section{Outline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<plain.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% plain.4ht |version %
@@ -36832,12 +32320,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{plain}
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<html plain\><<<
\footline={\hfil} \headline={\hfil}
>>>
@@ -36847,13 +32329,10 @@
|<date utility|>
>>>
-
-
\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
|<date utility|>
>>>
-
\<date utility\><<<
\tmp:cnt|=\time \divide\tmp:cnt |by 60
\edef\:temp{\the\tmp:cnt}
@@ -36864,26 +32343,16 @@
:\ifnum \tmp:cnt<10 0\fi\the\tmp:cnt :00}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\SubSection{TeX: Eqalign}
-
-
-
-
-
\<plain eqalign pattern\><<<
$\displaystyle{#}$&$\displaystyle{{}#}$%
>>>
-
\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{eqalign}{#1}}
\HLet\eqalign|=\:tempc
@@ -36895,7 +32364,6 @@
\NewConfigure{eqalign}{6}
>>>
-
\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\Mk:ialign:egroup#1#2#3#4#5{%
% \csname a:#2\endcsname
@@ -36920,20 +32388,14 @@
\bye
\EndVerbatim
-
\SubSection{TeX: eqalignno}
-
-
-
-
\<plain eqalignno pattern\><<<
$\@lign\displaystyle{#}$%
&$\@lign\displaystyle{{}#}$%
&\hbox{$\@lign#$}%
>>>
-
\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{eqalignno}{#1}}
\HLet\eqalignno|=\:tempc
@@ -36945,10 +32407,8 @@
\def\:eqalignno:{\Configure{noalign}{}{}}
>>>
-
\SubSection{TeX: leqalignno}
-
\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{leqalignno}{#1}}
\HLet\leqalignno|=\:tempc
@@ -36959,49 +32419,29 @@
\NewConfigure{leqalignno}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Tabbing}
-
LaTeX disables: \`'\tabs', \`'\tabsdone', \''settabs', \''\+',
\''\tabset', \''\cleartabs', and \''\settabs'.
-
-
No need for \`'\:CheckOption{settabs-} \if:Option \else ....\fi'
because we can use \`'\Configure{settabs}{}{}{}{}{}'.
-
-
-
The following is from plain TeX.
-
The following is for \`'\outer\def\+{\settabs}'.
-
-
\<html tex settabs\><<<
\def\gt:tab{\def\:temp##1.##2//{##1}\tmp:dim|=\m:tab\wd\z@}
|<set a settabs element|>
|<set a settabs row|>
>>>
-
-
\<config plain utilities\><<<
\def\E:tabalign#1{\def\e:tabalgn{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef #1\fi}}
\def\c:settabs:{\c:def\:tempa{settabs}\futurelet\:temp\:tblgn}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<html tex settabs\><<<
\pend:def\settabs{\e:tabalgn}
>>>
@@ -37016,9 +32456,6 @@
tables \`'\settabs..\+..\cr\+..\cr...' that are defined within
dedicated groups.
-
-
-
\<set a settabs element\><<<
\def\t at bb@x{\if at cr\egroup |<last col; no dim|>%
\else\hss\egroup |<col dim|>%
@@ -37039,7 +32476,6 @@
\let\TabWidth|=\empty
>>>
-
\<set a settabs row\><<<
\def\m at ketabbox{\begingroup
\global\setbox\tabsyet\copy\tabs
@@ -37054,10 +32490,6 @@
|<ialign|>\bgroup&\t at bbox##\t at bb@x\crcr}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\Verbatim
@@ -37067,25 +32499,16 @@
\fi
\EndVerbatim
-
\''\ialign' stands for initialized \''\halign'.
\<ialign\><<<
\everycr{}\tabskip\z at skip\TeXhalign
>>>
-
-
-
\Section{Discrete Structures}
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Sections and Proclaims}
-
\<config plain shared\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname beginsection\endcsname\relax
\NewSection\beginsection{}{}
@@ -37104,10 +32527,6 @@
\NewConfigure{proclaim}{3}
>>>
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Items}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -37121,8 +32540,6 @@
% \SubSection{item}
-
-
\<plain+ env\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\:ilist \let\:ilist|=\empty
\def\EnditemList{\end:ilist \let\EnditemList|=\empty}%
@@ -37136,22 +32553,11 @@
\c:def\b:item{#4}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
If the second parameter is not empty, it is up to the user to
introduce \''\EnditemList'.
-
-
-
\SubSection{itemitem}
-
-
-
\<plain+ itemitem list\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\:iilist \let\:iilist|=\empty
\def\EnditemitemList{\end:iilist \let\EnditemitemList|=\empty}%
@@ -37167,8 +32573,6 @@
-
-
If the second parameter is not empty, it is up to the user to
introduce \''\EnditemitemList'.
@@ -37185,17 +32589,12 @@
\pend:def\line{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \hbox{\ht:everypar{}\a:line}\fi}
>>>
-
The \`'\hbox' on the group is required for preserving vertical modes.
-
\<config plain utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{line}{1}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Centerline, Leftline, Rightline}
The original for the following is
@@ -37214,9 +32613,6 @@
\append:defI\rightline{\pic:gobble\b:rightline}
>>>
-
-
-
In the \`'sty' mode we have the following configuration. Otherwise,
the configuration is empty.
@@ -37231,22 +32627,6 @@
\long\def\b:leftline#1{{\ht:everypar{}#1}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\Section{Other}
\<more html tex\><<<
@@ -37255,17 +32635,8 @@
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\SubSection{Plain +}
-
-
-
\<html plain+\><<<
\:CheckOption{plain-} \if:Option \else
\Log:Note{for reduced implementation,
@@ -37275,9 +32646,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Narrower}
\<plain+ env\><<<
@@ -37289,9 +32657,6 @@
\NewConfigure{narrower}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{manmac}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -37316,7 +32681,6 @@
{\catcode`\^=\active \global\let ^=\specialhat }
>>>
-
\<manmac hooks\><<<
\proofmodefalse
@@ -37362,8 +32726,6 @@
\NewConfigure{ttenv}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<manmac hooks\><<<
\pend:def\d at nger{\medbreak\a:danger\:gobble}
\append:def\d at nger{\aftergroup\b:danger}
@@ -37409,7 +32771,6 @@
\NewConfigure{titlepage}{2}
>>>
-
\<manmac hooks\><<<
\catcode`\!6
\catcode`\#13
@@ -37424,7 +32785,6 @@
\NewConfigure{sampleglue}{6}
>>>
-
\<\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:beginmathdemo\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname
\expandafter\def\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname{\bgroup
@@ -37438,7 +32798,6 @@
\csname :endmathdemo\endcsname\egroup}
>>>
-
\<manmac demo\><<<
\catcode`\#=13
|<manmac math demo|>
@@ -37490,12 +32849,10 @@
\NewConfigure{longdisplaymathdemo}{6}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{mex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<mex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% mex.4ht |version %
@@ -37508,18 +32865,10 @@
\AddFile{8}{mex}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{eplain}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<eplain.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% eplain.4ht |version %
@@ -37542,7 +32891,6 @@
\AddFile{7}{eplain}
-
\<eplain bbl\><<<
\def\@citedef#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname
\@citelabel{#1}\endcsname{\a:cite\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink\b:cite}}
@@ -37566,7 +32914,6 @@
\NewConfigure{bibitem}{2}
>>>
-
\<eplain bbl\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
\let\:bblhook\bblhook
@@ -37578,7 +32925,6 @@
\NewConfigure{bibliography}{2}
>>>
-
\<eplain hooks\><<<
\pend:def\flushleft{\a:flushleft}
\append:def\flushleft{\pend:def\@eoljustifyaction{\c:flushleft}}
@@ -37594,7 +32940,6 @@
\NewConfigure{center}{3}
>>>
-
\<eplain cols\><<<
\catcode`\:=12
\def\makecolumns#1/#2: {\par \begingroup
@@ -37641,7 +32986,6 @@
\NewConfigure{makecolumns}{5}
>>>
-
\<eplain cols\><<<
\def\@columns#1{\def\NumColumns{#1}\a:columns\singlecolumn
\ifx \@ndcolumns\relax \let\@ndcolumns=\empty \fi
@@ -37649,7 +32993,6 @@
\NewConfigure{columns}{2}
>>>
-
\<eplain index\><<<
\pend:defII\@idxwrite{%
\csname if@\@idxprefix indexfileopened\endcsname \else
@@ -37667,7 +33010,6 @@
\ind:defs
>>>
-
\<eplain hooks\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{%
\html:addr
@@ -37678,7 +33020,6 @@
\HLet\definexref\:tempc
>>>
-
\<eplain lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{li}{2}
\def\@finli{%
@@ -37720,8 +33061,6 @@
\NewConfigure{listing}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<eplain toc\><<<
\pend:defI\readcontentsfile{\a:contents}
\append:defI\readcontentsfile{\b:contents}
@@ -37780,29 +33119,22 @@
\NewConfigure{today}{2}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ConTeXt}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
texexec try [--pdf];
psc texexec try ;
mk4ht xhcontext try
-
-
\Link[http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main\string _Page]{}{}wiki\EndLink{}
(\Link[http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE]{}{}wiki tables\EndLink{})
-
\Link[http://www.pragma-ade.nl/]{}{}home\EndLink{}
(\Link[http://www.pragma-ade.nl/general/manuals/mp-cb-en.pdf]{}{}manual\EndLink),
\Link[http://www.berenddeboer.net/tex/LaTeX2ConTeXt.pdf]{}{}LaTeX in proper ConTeXt\EndLink,
\Link[http://www.tug.org/ftp/texlive/Contents/live/texmf/doc/context-omega/context-help.html]{}{}fonts\EndLink
-
\Link[http://dictionaries.travlang.com/DutchEnglish/]{}{}Dutch dictionary\EndLink
\Link[http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/]{}{}math in context\EndLink{} (see mathalign.tex/.pdf)
@@ -37876,8 +33208,6 @@
\endinput
>>>
-
-
\<context core-ps \><<<
\def\dostopcolormode{\special {\b:color}}
\def\dostartrgbcolormode#1#2#3{\special{\a:color{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
@@ -37895,7 +33225,6 @@
>>>
-
\<context core-rul\><<<
\def\:tempc{\dontshowcomposition
\a:framed \box\framebox \b:framed
@@ -37906,11 +33235,6 @@
\NewConfigure{framed}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<context core-mis\><<<
% \appendtoks
\let\o:forgetall:\forgetall
@@ -37944,7 +33268,6 @@
\Section{Buffers}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<context core-buf\><<<
\def\dodoprocessTEXbuffer[#1][#2]{%
|<add buffer config|>%
@@ -37970,8 +33293,6 @@
\NewConfigure{buffer}{2}
>>>
-
-
\Verbatim
ConTeXt has a bug in its caption numbers. For the code
@@ -38020,7 +33341,6 @@
\let\next}
>>>
-
\<context core-not\><<<
\def\dostopnote{%
\egroup
@@ -38032,8 +33352,6 @@
\NewConfigure{footnotemark}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<context footnote mark\><<<
\begingroup
\a:footnotemark
@@ -38045,7 +33363,6 @@
\endgroup
>>>
-
\<context footnote target mark\><<<
\c:footnote
\preparefullnumber{\??vn\currentnote}\lastnotenumber\preparednumber
@@ -38058,7 +33375,6 @@
\d:footnote
>>>
-
\<context footnote id\><<<
\doifelse{\noteparameter\c!interaction}\v!no
{\ifconditional\pagewisenotes
@@ -38067,13 +33383,10 @@
{\rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt :t:\internalfootreference}{}}%
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Sectioning}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<context core-sys\><<<
\NewConfigure{sectie}{2}
>>>
@@ -38112,13 +33425,6 @@
\v!subsubsubsubsection
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<context chapter name pre 2005\><<<
\v!hoofdstuk
>>>
@@ -38143,7 +33449,6 @@
\v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf
>>>
-
\<context core-sec\><<<
\let\:doplaatskopnummertekst=\doplaatskopnummertekst
\def\doplaatskopnummertekst#1#2#3#4#5{%
@@ -38159,8 +33464,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
\<gobble context sectioning head\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:tekstcommando
\csname \??ko #1\c!tekstcommando\endcsname
@@ -38173,7 +33476,6 @@
\:tekstcommando
>>>
-
\<gobble context sectioning head\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:nummercommando
\csname \??ko #1\c!nummercommando\endcsname
@@ -38186,7 +33488,6 @@
\:nummercommando
>>>
-
\<gobble context sectioning head\><<<
\ifdisplaysectionhead
\def\if:displaysectionhead{\displaysectionheadtrue}%
@@ -38208,7 +33509,6 @@
\fi }
>>>
-
\<context core-sec name\><<<
\:tempd{|<context chapter name|>}
\:tempd{|<context section name|>}
@@ -38218,11 +33518,6 @@
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsubsection name|>}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<context core-sec name pre 2005\><<<
\:tempd{|<context chapter name pre 2005|>}
\:tempd{|<context section name pre 2005|>}
@@ -38232,9 +33527,6 @@
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsubsection name pre 2005|>}
>>>
-
-
-
\<context core-sec ????\><<<
\let\:tempb=\part
\Def:Section\part{\finalsectionnumber}{#1}
@@ -38246,8 +33538,6 @@
\SubSection{Head Placement}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\<context core-sec\><<<
\pend:defI\beginheadplacement{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname c:##1-head:\endcsname\relax
@@ -38264,13 +33554,9 @@
\Configure{headplacement}{}{}{\IgnorePar}
>>>
-
% \??ko#1\c!numbercommand
% \??ko#1\c!textcommand
-
-
-
\<context core-sec\><<<
\def\:tmp#1{%
\let\:tempb=#1%
@@ -38286,9 +33572,6 @@
|<context core-sec name|>
>>>
-
-
-
\<config core-sec\><<<
\NewConfigure{#1-ko}{2}
\NewConfigure{#1-head}{3}
@@ -38305,14 +33588,6 @@
}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<\><<<
\ifx \v!paragraaf\:UnDef
|<context core-sec name|>
@@ -38322,12 +33597,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<context core-sec 2005 \><<<
\let\o:endheadplacement\endheadplacement
\def\endheadplacement#1#2{%
@@ -38341,10 +33610,8 @@
}
>>>
-
The following is for mark-less (number-less) sectioning commands.
-
\<context core-sec \><<<
%%%%%% pre 2005
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -38371,16 +33638,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Table of Contents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Requested through \Verb+\completecontent+ and \Verb+\placecontent+.
-
\<context core-lst\><<<
\let\:doplaatssamengesteldelijst\doplaatssamengesteldelijst
\def\doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]{%
@@ -38404,7 +33667,6 @@
subsubsubsection,subsubsubsubsection%
>>>
-
\<context core-lst\><<<
\def\dovolledigesamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]{%
\expandafter\ifx
@@ -38432,7 +33694,6 @@
NOTE: REPLACE inhoud WITH content
-
\<context list element\><<<
\edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -li}%
\verify:config\cur:Name{listelement}% |%lijstelement|%
@@ -38443,7 +33704,6 @@
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>
-
\<context core-lst\><<<
\NewConfigure{listelement}{2}
\pend:def\dobeginoflist{\a:dolist}
@@ -38519,7 +33779,6 @@
NOTE: REPLACE plaatsblok WITH placefloat
-
\<save everyinsidefloat\><<<
\expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter{\the\everyinsidefloat}%
\def\restore:every{\expandafter\everyinsidefloat
@@ -38545,8 +33804,6 @@
\expandafter\gdef\csname b:#1\endcsname{\b:plaatsblok}%
>>>
-
-
\<context core-flt\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
@@ -38557,9 +33814,6 @@
\NewConfigure{caption}{4}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Figures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -38597,8 +33851,6 @@
\NewConfigure{-@@kjfigure}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<context page-flt\><<<
\def\dodocomplexplacefloat[#1][#2][#3]#4%
{\flushnotes
@@ -38648,7 +33900,6 @@
\Section{Item Groups}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<context core-itm\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1][#2]{\o:redostartitemgroup:[#1][#2]%
\verify:config{\currentitemgroup-group}{itemgroup}%
@@ -38705,7 +33956,6 @@
\Section{Verbatim}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<context core-ver\><<<
\pend:defI\dostarttyping{\a:typing}
\append:defI\initializetyping{%
@@ -38717,17 +33967,13 @@
\NewConfigure{typing}{4}
>>>
-
The configurations fail to recognize empty lines. Why??
-
\Verbatim
\def\obeyedline{\HCode{<br />}}
\def\obeyedspace{\HCode{\string&}\HChar{-35}\HCode{x00A0;}}
\EndVerbatim
-
-
\<context core-ver\><<<
\let\o:dodotypefile:=\dodotypefile
\def\dodotypefile{\a:typing \o:dodotypefile:}
@@ -38804,7 +34050,6 @@
\NewConfigure{bTABLE}{6}
>>>
-
\<context core-ntb\><<<
\def\begintblrow
{\o:noalign:
@@ -38829,8 +34074,6 @@
\fi}
>>>
-
-
\<context core-ntb\><<<
\let\o:settbltxt:\settbltxt
\def\settbltxt{%
@@ -38841,14 +34084,10 @@
}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
\Verbatim
[c] \cc:table \c:tableCell ##\d:tableCell \tabskip \LeftTabskip &
[g-|] \g:tableCell \hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU
@@ -38881,9 +34120,6 @@
THe c-cells seem to be ignored
-
-
-
\<context with special chars\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\def\putVBorder{\expandafter\put:VBorder\VBorder</>!*?: }
@@ -38896,11 +34132,9 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
>>>
-
currentTABLEcolumn,
maxTABLEcolumn
-
\<context thrd-tab, core-tab\><<<
\gdef\cc:table{\c:table}
@@ -38955,7 +34189,6 @@
\globalletempty\chuckTABLEautorow
\global\currentTABLEcolumn\zerocount}}
-
\def\endofTABLEline[#1][#2->#3]#4#5%
{\ifx#2#3\else
\writestatus\m!TABLE{\string#2\space changed into \string#3}%
@@ -38982,8 +34215,6 @@
\expandafter\normalTABLElineformat#4#5\dd:table\crcr
\TABLEnoalign{\nobreak\global\setTABLEactiontrue}}
-
-
\def\!ttDoZero#1{\dd:table\cr}
\def\!ttDoPlus#1#2#3{% #1 eats the +
@@ -38995,7 +34226,6 @@
\StandardTableStrut
\dd:table\cr}
-
\def\!tfFinishFormat{%
\ifnum \TracingFormats>0
\!thMessage{%
@@ -39035,9 +34265,6 @@
\catcode`\"=13
\!ttDoHalign}
-
-
-
\def\!tfSetVrule
{\!thToksEdef\!taRuleColumnTemplate=
{\noexpand\d:tableCell
@@ -39063,14 +34290,12 @@
}%
\!tfAdjoinPriorColumn}
-
\NewConfigure{VBorder}{4}
\HAssign\NewGroup=0
\HAssign\Next:TableNo=0
\HAssign\ar:cnt=0
-
\let\:mALIGN\empty \let\hT:D\empty
\pend:defI\ReadFormatKeys{%
@@ -39119,8 +34344,6 @@
\NewConfigure{TableHL}{1}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables: Tabulate}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -39134,8 +34357,6 @@
\NewConfigure{\v!tabulate}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<context core-tbl\><<<
\catcode`\||=13
\def\nexttabulate#1||%
@@ -39221,9 +34442,6 @@
\NewConfigure{\v!tabulate}{6}
>>>
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Math}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -39235,14 +34453,11 @@
\NewConfigure{frac}{4}
>>>
-
\<context core-mat\><<<
\let\normalreqno\eqno
\let\normalleqno\leqno
>>>
-
-
\'+(#1,#2)=outer(ref,sub) (#3,#4)=inner(ref,sub)+
\<context core-mat\><<<
@@ -39259,8 +34474,6 @@
\Css{.formulenummer {width:20\%; float:right;}}
>>>
-
-
\<context core-mat\><<<
\pend:def\startdisplaymath{\a:displaymath}
\append:def\stopdisplaymath{\b:displaymath}
@@ -39275,7 +34488,6 @@
\NewConfigure{-@@fm}{2}
>>>
-
\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc#1%
{\ifmmode
@@ -39294,7 +34506,6 @@
\HLet\dobothaligneqalignno\:tempc
>>>
-
\<context core-mat\><<<
\let\:tempc\dointertext
\pend:defI\:tempc{\a:intertext}
@@ -39303,7 +34514,6 @@
\NewConfigure{intertext}{2}
>>>
-
\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1][#2]%
{%
@@ -39348,7 +34558,6 @@
\HLet\dostartmathalignment\:tempc
>>>
-
\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc{\gdef\doalignNC##1{\f:mtable&\e:mtable ##1}}
\HLet\dodoalignNC\:tempc
@@ -39360,20 +34569,15 @@
\NewConfigure{mathalignment}{6}
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Spacing}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<context core-spa\><<<
\append:def\crlf{\ifhmode \a:crlf\fi}
\NewConfigure{crlf}{1}
>>>
-
-
\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
\o:complexstartsmaller:[#1]%
@@ -39382,7 +34586,6 @@
\NewConfigure{narrower}{2}
>>>
-
\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{%
\o:doalignline:{|<open doalign|>}{|<close doalign|>}}
@@ -39401,7 +34604,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<close doalign\><<<
\ifx #1\hss
\ifx #2\hss\b:midaligned
@@ -39412,8 +34614,6 @@
\hss
>>>
-
-
\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
\def\last:Attributes{#1}%
@@ -39427,7 +34627,6 @@
\HLet\dostartattributes\:tempc
>>>
-
\<do at start attributes\><<<
\get:curName\??be \ifx \cur:Name\empty
\get:curName\??li \ifx \cur:Name\empty
@@ -39448,7 +34647,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<context core-sys\><<<
\NewConfigure{layout}{2}
>>>
@@ -39463,16 +34661,10 @@
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<context core-sys\><<<
\NewConfigure{context-attr}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<another context env\><<<
\edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -\last:Attributes}%
\verify:config\cur:Name{context-attr}%
@@ -39483,7 +34675,6 @@
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>
-
\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
\o:dostartopelkaar:[#1]%
@@ -39525,8 +34716,6 @@
\csname export:hook\endcsname \csname o:normalend\endcsname}
>>>
-
-
\<utilities for context\><<<
\def\get:curName#1{%
\ifx \last:Attributes\empty
@@ -39596,7 +34785,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<utilities for context\><<<
\def\verify:configIV#1#2{%
\expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax
@@ -39628,7 +34816,6 @@
}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Descriptions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -39643,10 +34830,6 @@
\NewConfigure{description-word}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<context core-des\><<<
\def\@@somedefinitie#1[#2]#3{%
\dowithpar
@@ -39669,7 +34852,6 @@
\NewConfigure{description-item}{3}
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Cross Referencing}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -39695,8 +34877,6 @@
\NewConfigure{externaldocument}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1][#2]{%
\o:docite:[#1][#2]%
@@ -39713,7 +34893,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
\Link{#1}{}\o:bibauthoryearref:[#1]\EndLink
@@ -39721,8 +34900,6 @@
\HLet\bibauthoryearref\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
\bibalternative\v!left
@@ -39736,7 +34913,6 @@
\HLet\bibauthoryearsref\:tempc
>>>
-
\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
\bibalternative\v!left
@@ -39763,8 +34939,6 @@
\HLet\bibyearref\:tempc
>>>
-
-
\<\><<<
\def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6%
{\bgroup
@@ -39796,8 +34970,6 @@
{\string\rEfLiNK{\lastreference}{#2}}}
>>>
-
-
\<context core-refOUT\><<<
\def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6%
{\bgroup
@@ -39831,8 +35003,6 @@
\pend:defI\rawdoifinsetelse{\let\rEfLiNK\secondoftwoarguments}
>>>
-
-
\<context core-refOUT\><<<
\NewConfigure{Tagreference}{1}
\Configure{Tagreference}
@@ -39850,8 +35020,6 @@
\HLet\ConTeXt\:tempc
>>>
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{Xhtml}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -39860,9 +35028,6 @@
\Section{Xhtml}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-
\<configure 4ht\><<<
\ConfigureHinput>>>
@@ -39872,15 +35037,6 @@
\endinput\empty\empty\empty\empty\empty\empty %
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{amsopn}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -39895,7 +35051,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{5}{amsopn}
-
\<amsopn hooks\><<<
\expandafter\pend:defIII\csname qopname \endcsname{\a:qopname}
\NewConfigure{qopname}{1}
@@ -39905,16 +35060,12 @@
\fi
>>>
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Languages and encodings}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Latex records current encoding in \`'\cf at encoding'.
-
-
-
\<cp850.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp850.4ht |version %
@@ -39932,12 +35083,6 @@
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<cp852.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp852.4ht |version %
@@ -39952,7 +35097,6 @@
|<config textdegree|>
>>>
-
\<cp862.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp862.4ht |version %
@@ -39970,8 +35114,6 @@
\long\def\mathordfeminine{{\sp a}}
>>>
-
-
\<cp1250.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp1250.4ht |version %
@@ -39986,7 +35128,6 @@
|<config textdegree|>
>>>
-
\<cp1252.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp1252.4ht |version %
@@ -40020,9 +35161,6 @@
\long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}}
>>>
-
-
-
\<cp437de.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp437de.4ht |version %
@@ -40039,7 +35177,6 @@
\long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}}
>>>
-
\<cp865.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% cp865.4ht |version %
@@ -40056,10 +35193,6 @@
\long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<norsk.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% norsk.4ht |version %
@@ -40070,9 +35203,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{norsk}
-
-
-
\<polish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% polish.4ht |version %
@@ -40083,8 +35213,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{polish}
-
-
\<polski.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% polski.4ht |version %
@@ -40095,7 +35223,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{polski}
-
\<load ot4enc if needed\><<<
\def\:temp{OT4}\ifx \:temp\encodingdefault
\def\:tempa#1#2{%
@@ -40118,10 +35245,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<portuges.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% portuges.4ht |version %
@@ -40132,9 +35255,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{portuges}
-
-
-
\<romanian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% romanian.4ht |version %
@@ -40145,9 +35265,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{romanian}
-
-
-
\<russianb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% russianb.4ht |version %
@@ -40158,9 +35275,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{russianb}
-
-
-
\<scottish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% scottish.4ht |version %
@@ -40171,9 +35285,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{scottish}
-
-
-
\<slovak.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% slovak.4ht |version %
@@ -40193,8 +35304,6 @@
\:temp
>>>
-
-
\<slovene.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% slovene.4ht |version %
@@ -40205,9 +35314,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{slovene}
-
-
-
\<spanish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% spanish.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
@@ -40218,8 +35324,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{spanish}
-
-
The following is needed to compensate for the extra \''\relax\space' in
\''\def\protect##1{\string\protect\string##1\relax\space}'.
@@ -40241,8 +35345,6 @@
\expandafter\egroup \:temp
>>>
-
-
\<spanish defs\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname
#1{\leavevmode \hbox{\csname a:spanish"#1\endcsname}}
@@ -40272,8 +35374,6 @@
\NewConfigure{spanish"E}{1}
>>>
-
-
\<spanish defs\><<<
\edef\:tempc{\expandafter\noexpand
\csname spanish:'shorthand\endcsname\space i}
@@ -40283,7 +35383,6 @@
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\OT1\string\'-i\endcsname\:tempc
>>>
-
\<spanish defs\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{
\def\:tempc{\a:guillemotright}
@@ -40297,15 +35396,6 @@
\Configure{guillemotleft}{\o:guillemotright:}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\<spanish defs\><<<
\let\:tempc\es at accent
\pend:defIII\:tempc{%
@@ -40351,8 +35441,6 @@
\NewConfigure{es at accents}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<spanish defs\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
\def\bbl at umlauta{\ifx \EndPicture \:UnDef \expandafter \n:bbl at umlauta:
@@ -40366,9 +35454,6 @@
% \expandafter\@text at composite@x
% \csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname}
-
-
-
\<swedish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% swedish.4ht |version %
@@ -40379,9 +35464,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{swedish}
-
-
-
\<turkish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% turkish.4ht |version %
@@ -40392,9 +35474,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{turkish}
-
-
-
\<ukraineb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ukraineb.4ht |version %
@@ -40405,9 +35484,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{ukraineb}
-
-
-
\<usorbian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% usorbian.4ht |version %
@@ -40418,9 +35494,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{usorbian}
-
-
-
\<welsh.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% welsh.4ht |version %
@@ -40431,10 +35504,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{welsh}
-
-
-
-
\<hebrew.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% hebrew.4ht |version %
@@ -40445,7 +35514,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{hebrew}
-
\<hebrew ldf\><<<
\def\hebdate#1#2#3{%
\a:moreR\beginR\a:moreL\beginL\number#1\endL\b:moreL\ \bet\hebmonth{#2}
@@ -40453,10 +35521,6 @@
\def\@@hebrew#1{\a:moreR\beginR{{\tohebrew#1}}\b:moreR\endR}
>>>
-
-
-
-
\<austrian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% austrian.4ht |version %
@@ -40467,10 +35531,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{austrian}
-
-
-
-
\<catalan.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% catalan.4ht |version %
@@ -40481,9 +35541,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{catalan}
-
-
-
\<croatian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% croatian.4ht |version %
@@ -40494,9 +35551,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{croatian}
-
-
-
\<czech.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% czech.4ht |version %
@@ -40507,9 +35561,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{czech}
-
-
-
\<danish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% danish.4ht |version %
@@ -40520,9 +35571,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{danish}
-
-
-
\<dutch.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% dutch.4ht |version %
@@ -40533,10 +35581,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{dutch}
-
-
-
-
\<english.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% english.4ht |version %
@@ -40547,9 +35591,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{english}
-
-
-
\<esperant.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% esperant.4ht |version %
@@ -40560,9 +35601,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{esperant}
-
-
-
\<estonian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% estonian.4ht |version %
@@ -40573,9 +35611,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{estonian}
-
-
-
\<finnish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% finnish.4ht |version %
@@ -40586,9 +35621,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{finnish}
-
-
-
\<francais.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% francais.4ht |version %
@@ -40599,9 +35631,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{francais}
-
-
-
\<galician.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% galician.4ht |version %
@@ -40612,11 +35641,6 @@
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{galician}
-
-
-
-
-
\<greek.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% greek.4ht |version %
@@ -40634,17 +35658,10 @@
Hence the change of \`'^' into catcode 7. The aux file is
loaded within group, so the above changes are local.
-
-
-
-
-
-
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Exams}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
\<exam.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% exam.4ht |version %
@@ -40675,7 +35692,6 @@
>>>
\AddFile{9}{exam}
-
\<start skip\><<<
\bgroup
\catcode`\%=12
@@ -40689,15 +35705,11 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%end:skip
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{Philip Hirschhorn}
-
\Link[http://www-math.mit.edu/\string ~psh/]{}{}home\EndLink{}
(\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/exam/]{}{}ctan\EndLink)
-
\<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<<
\let\exam:questions=\questions
\def\questions{%
@@ -40725,7 +35737,6 @@
\def\endlist{\let\endlist=\exam:list \end{list}}}
>>>
-
\<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<<
\long\def\uplevel#1{\par\a:uplevel{#1}\b:uplevel\par}
\long\def\fullwidth#1{\par\a:fullwidth{#1}\b:fullwidth\par}
@@ -40733,7 +35744,6 @@
\NewConfigure{fullwidth}{2}
>>>
-
\<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<<
\def\@setpoints{%
\if at placepoints
@@ -40748,30 +35758,20 @@
\NewConfigure{setpoints}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\SubSection{Hans van der Meer's class}
\Link[http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/exams/]{}{}Hans van der Meer's class\EndLink
-
-
-
-
\<hook Meer exam\><<<
\pend:defI\scorebox{\a:scorebox}
\append:defI\scorebox{\b:scorebox}
\NewConfigure{scorebox}{2}
>>>
-
-
\SubSection{<Alexanders' Exam}
\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/examdesign/]{}{}Alexanders' exam\EndLink
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
|<alex hook utilities|>
|<hooks for section types|>
@@ -40789,7 +35789,6 @@
}
>>>
-
\<type-oriented hooks\><<<
\expandafter\ifx\csname type at sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname
\@shortanswer
@@ -40827,9 +35826,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
-
\<hooks for shortanswer\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
@@ -40837,8 +35833,6 @@
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>
-
-
\<hooks for shortanswerstar\><<<
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>
@@ -40846,9 +35840,6 @@
% \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
% |<hooks for answers|>%
-
-
-
\<hooks for fixed\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
@@ -40856,16 +35847,12 @@
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>
-
-
\<hooks for fixedstar\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>
-
-
\<hooks for fillin\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
@@ -40879,7 +35866,6 @@
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>
-
\<hooks for MC\><<<
\def\:temp{|<reconfigure multiplechoice|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
@@ -40887,7 +35873,6 @@
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>
-
MC stands for multi-choice
\<hooks for MCstar\><<<
@@ -40896,7 +35881,6 @@
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>
-
\<hooks for truefalse\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef truefalse answer|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
@@ -40904,9 +35888,6 @@
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>
-
-
-
\<hooks for truefalsestar\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef truefalse answer|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
@@ -40924,8 +35905,6 @@
\fi
>>>
-
-
\<hooks for section heads\><<<
\expandafter\pend:def\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname{%
\gdef\beforesectsep{0pt \a:sectiontitle
@@ -40938,20 +35917,15 @@
\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname
>>>
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\NewConfigure{sectiontitle}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\<alex hook utilities\><<<
\let\sv:beforesectsep\beforesectsep
\let\sv:aftersectsep\aftersectsep
>>>
-
\<hooks on instruction preamble\><<<
\expandafter\pend:def
\csname inst at sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname{\a:instructions}%
@@ -40962,9 +35936,6 @@
\csname inst at sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname
>>>
-
-
-
\<hooks for answers\><<<
\global \csname qlist at scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
@@ -40997,7 +35968,6 @@
\fi \fi
>>>
-
\<redef truefalse answer\><<<
\pend:defI\@separator{\def\@tfitem{%
\ifanswer
@@ -41008,15 +35978,11 @@
\fi}}%
>>>
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\NewConfigure{answer}{2}
\NewConfigure{question}{2}
>>>
-
-
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\pend:defI\MCfont{\a:MCfont}
\append:defI\MCfont{\b:MCfont}
@@ -41029,20 +35995,14 @@
\Css{dt .MCfont {text-decoration:underline;}}
>>>
-
\<reconfigure multiplechoice\><<<
\boxfalse
>>>>
-
-
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\NewConfigure{instructions}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<trace exam data\><<<
\section:data
>>>
@@ -41073,11 +36033,6 @@
\let\section:data=\empty
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\pend:def\@examtopmatter{\bgroup
\pend:def\namedata{\let\hrulefill=\empty \a:namedata}%
@@ -41092,8 +36047,6 @@
\NewConfigure{namedata}{2}
>>>
-
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\pend:def\@keytopmatter{\bgroup
\let\keytop=\empty \let\endkeytop=\empty
@@ -41102,9 +36055,6 @@
\end{keytop} \egroup\bigskip}
>>>
-
-
-
\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\append:def\frontmatter at wrap@up{%
\ifx\@frontmattertext\relax \else
@@ -41115,21 +36065,8 @@
\NewConfigure{frontmatter} {2}
>>>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\AddFile{9}{mktex4ht}
-
\Part{The Template mktex4ht.4ht}
\bgroup
@@ -41155,7 +36092,6 @@
\input cond4ht.4ht
-
%-------------------------------------------------------
\let\OPO=\OutputCodE
\def\OutputCodE\<#1\>{%
@@ -41168,7 +36104,6 @@
\OutFiles
-
\OutputCodE\<m-tex4ht.tex\>
\OutputCodE\<usepackage.4ht\>
\OutputCodE\<showfonts.4ht\>
More information about the tex4ht-commits
mailing list